the gsm system
TRANSCRIPT
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 131
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 231
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 331
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 431
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 631
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 731
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 831
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 931
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1131
Network Switching Subsystem (NSS)
Network Switching Subsystem (NSS) - Contains the elementsMobile Services Switching Centre (MSC)
Home Location Register (HLR)
Visitor Location Register (VLR)
Authentication Centre (AC)
Equipment Identity Register (EIR)The Authentication Centre (AC) and Equipment Identity Register (EIR)
are used to provide security The subscriber and the mobile station
have to be identified and authorised before accessing the network
These functions will be discussed later
Function of NSS
Call control A mobile terminated call requires HLR
enquiry to locate the called subscriber Mobility Management
The HLR always knows in which MSCVLR area a
particular subscriber is located
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1231
An MSCVLR knows in which Location Area a subscriber
is located This is enabled by a Location Update of which
there are three types Power On Generic and Periodic
Mobility Management also helps in maintaining ongoingcalls for a moving subscriber by a procedure known as
Handover There are four types of Handovers Intra
Cell Inter Cell-Intra BSC Inter Cell - Inter BSC and
Inter MSC
Subscriber Data handling A subscriberrsquos data is located
in three places the HLR VLR and SIM card
Security Issues Subscriber verification is performed inthe VLR by an authentication process Speech encryption
is carried out between BTS and Mobile Station
Various types of numbers are used in the GSM network
for different functions The most important ones are
IMSI MSISDN MSRN LAI LAC CGI TMSI and
HON
Charging The MSC is responsible for collecting charging
information It is sent to the Billing Centre which
creates bills for the subscriber
Signalling towards Base Station Subsystem and other
networks
The services offered by the GSM network are classified
as MOBILE SWITCHING CENTER (MSC)
MSC performs the switching functions for all mobile stations located in
the geographic covered by its assigned BSSs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1331
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1431
Visitor Location Register (VLR)
mobile subscribers currently located in
the geographical area (ie cells) controlled by the VLR The VLR
allocates the MSRN(when required) a Temporary Mobile SubscriberIdentity (TMSI) for secret identification of mobile subscriber on the
radio link
In summary the VLR contains -(1) Identity of mobile subscriber
(2) Any temporary mobile subscriber identity
(3) ISDN directory number of mobile
(4) Location area where the mobile station is registered(5) Copy of subscriber data from HLR
Equipment Identity Register (EIR)
This database is accessed during the equipment validation procedurewhen a mobile accesses the system it contains the identities of mobile
station equipmentrsquos(called International Mobile Station Equipment
Identity or IMEI) which may be valid suspect or known to fraudulent
This contains
(1) Valid list-list of valid MS equipment identities(2) Suspect list-list of mobiles under observation
(3)Fraudulent list-list of mobiles for which service is barred
Authentication Centre (AUC)
The Authentication Center -
(1) Contains subscriber authentication data called authentication keys(Ki)
(2) Generates security related parameters needed to service using Ki(3)Generate unique data pattern called a cipher key (Kc) needed for
encrypting speech and dataThere are several interfaces in the GSM system which are as follows-
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1631
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1731
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1831
The VLR is the location and management data base for the mobile
subscribers roaming in the area controlled by the associated MSC(s)Whenever the MSC needs data related to a given mobile station
currently located in its area it interrogates the VLR When a mobilestation initiates a location updating procedure with an MSC the MSC
informs its VLR which stores the relevant information This procedure
occurs whenever an MS roams to another location area Also when a
subscriber activates a specific supplementary service or modifies some
data attached to a service the MSC informs (via the VLR) the HLRwhich stores these modifications and updates the VLR if required
C INTERFACE (HLR and the MSC)
The Gateway MSC must interrogate the HLR of the requiredsubscriber to obtain routing information for a call or a short message
directed to that subscriberD INTERFACE (HLR - VLR)
This interface is used to exchange the data related to the location ofthe mobile station and to the management of the subscriber The main
service provided to the mobile subscriber is the capability to set up orto receive calls within the whole service area To support this the
location registers have to exchange data The VLR informs the HLR ofthe location of a mobile station managed by the latter and provides it(either at location updating or at call set-up) with the roaming number
of that station The HLR sends to the VLR all the data needed tosupport the service to the mobile subscriber The HLR then instructs
the previous VLR to cancel the location registration of this subscriber
Exchanges of data may occur when the mobile subscriber requires aparticular service when he wants to change some data attached to his
subscription or when some parameters of the subscription are modifiedby administrative means
E INTERFACE (MSC ndash MSC)When a mobile station moves from one MSC area to another during a
call handover procedure has to be performed in order to continue the
communication For that purpose the MSCs have to exchange data to
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1931
initiate and then to realize the operation After the handover
operation has been completed the MSCs will exchange information totransfer A-interface signaling as necessary When a short message is
to be transferred between a Mobile Station and Short MessageService Centre (SC) in either direction this interface is used to
transfer the message between the MSC serving the Mobile Station and
the MSC which acts as the interface to the SC
F INTERFACE (MSC and EIR)
This interface is used between MSC and EIR to exchange data inorder that the EIR can verify the status of the IMEI retrieved from
the Mobile Station
G INTERFACE (VLR ndash VLR) When a mobile subscriber moves from a VLR area to another Location
Registration procedure will happen This procedure may include theretrieval of the IMSI and authentication parameters from the old VLRH INTERFACE (HLR - AuC)
When an HLR receives a request for authentication and ciphering data
for a Mobile Subscriber and it does not hold the requested data theHLR requests the data from the AuC The protocol used to transfer
the data over this interface is not standardisation
HANDOVER
Handover or handoff as it is called in North America is the switchingof an ongoing call to a different channel or cell There are four
different types of handover in the GSM system which involve
transferring a call betweenChannels (time slots) in the same cell
Cells (Base Transceiver Stations) under the control of the same BaseStation Controller (BSC)
Cells under the control of different BSCs but belonging to the sameMobile services Switching Center (MSC) and
Cells under the control of different MSCs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2131
102 Security
3G networks offer greater security than their 2G predecessors By
allowing the UE (User Equipment) to authenticate the network it is
attaching to the user can be sure the network is the intended one andnot an impersonator 3G networks use the KASUMI block crypto instead of
the older A51 stream cipher However a number of serious weaknesses in
the KASUMI cipher have been identified[19]
In addition to the 3G network infrastructure security end-to-end
security is offered when application frameworks such as IMS are
accessed although this is not strictly a 3G property
103 Applications of 3G
The bandwidth and location information available to 3G devices gives
rise to applications not previously available to mobile phone users Someof the applications are
Mobile TV
Video on demand Video conferencing Tele-medicine
Location-based services
11 Evolution
Both 3GPP and 3GPP2 are currently working on extensions to 3G standardthat are based on an all-IP network infrastructure and using advancedwireless technologies such as MIMO these specifications already
display features characteristic for IMT-Advanced (4G) the successor of3G However falling short of the bandwidth requirements for 4G
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2231
(which is 1 Gbits for stationary and 100 Mbits for mobile operation)
these standards are classified as 39G or Pre-4G
3GPP plans to meet the 4G goals with LTE Advanced whereas Qualcomm
has halted development of UMB in favour of the LTE family[5]
On 14 December 2009 Telia Sonera announced in an official press
release that We are very proud to be the first operator in the world
to offer our customers 4G services[20] With the launch of their LTEnetwork initially they are offering pre-4G (or beyond 3G ) services in
Stockholm Sweden and Oslo Nor
ABOUT 4GIn telecommunications 4G is the fourth generation of cellular wireless
standards It is a successor to the 3G and 2G families of standards In
2009 the ITU-R organization specified the IMT-Advanced
(International Mobile Telecommunications Advanced) requirements for4G standards setting peak speed requirements for 4G service at
100 Mbits for high mobility communication (such as from trains and
cars) and 1 Gbits for low mobility communication (such as pedestriansand stationary users)[1]
A 4G system is expected to provide a comprehensive and secure all-IP
based mobile broadband solution to laptop computer wireless modems smartphones and other mobile devices Facilities such as ultra-broadband
Internet access IP telephony gaming services and streamed multimedia
may be provided to users
Pre-4G technologies such as mobile WiMAX and first-release Long term
evolution (LTE) have been on the market since 2006[2] and 2009[3][4][5]
respectively and though often branded as 4G in marketing materials
the current versions of these technologies provide downstream peak
bitrates of 144 Mbits and 100 Mbits respectively and do consequently
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2331
not fulfill the original ITU-R requirements of data rates approximately
up to 1 Gbits for 4G systems
IMT -Advanced compliant versions of the above two standards are under
development and called ―LTE Advanced and ―WirelessMAN-Advancedrespectively ITU has decided that ―LTE Advanced and
―WirelessMAN-Advanced should be accorded the official designation
of IMT-Advanced On December 6 2010 ITU announced that current
versions of LTE WiMax and other evolved 3G technologies that do not
fulfill IMT-Advanced requirements could be considered 4G
provided they represent forerunners to IMT-Advanced and asubstantial level of improvement in performance and capabilities with
respect to the initial third generation systems now deployed[6]
In all suggestions for 4G the CDMA spread spectrum radio technology used
in 3G systems and IS-95 is abandoned and replaced by OFDMA and otherfrequency-domain equalization schemes[citation needed ] This is combined with MIMO
(Multiple In Multiple Out)
25G and 3G systems rely on double core network infrastructures traditional circuit-switchednetwork nodes (switching points) for telephony and packet-switched GPRS nodes for various
OVERVIEW OF GPRS TECHNOLOGY
111 Services offered
GPRS extends the GSM Packet circuit switched data capabilities and
makes the following services possible
SMS messaging and broadcasting
File manipulation functions
Active process block process Always on internet access
Multimedia messaging service (MMS)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2431
Push to talk over cellular (PoC)
Instant messaging and presencemdashwireless village Internet applications for smart devices through wireless application
protocol (WAP) Point-to-point (P2P) service inter-networking with the Internet (IP)
Point-to-Multipoint (P2M) service point-to-multipoint multicast and
point-to-multipoint group calls
If SMS over GPRS is used an SMS transmission speed of about 30
SMS messages per minute may be achieved This is much faster than
using the ordinary SMS over GSM whose SMS transmission speed isabout 6 to 10 SMS messages per minute
12 Usability
The maximum speed of a GPRS connection offered in
2003 was similar to a modem connection in an analog
wire telephone network about 32-40 kbits
depending on the phone used Latency is very highround-trip time (RTT) is typically about 600-700 ms
and often reaches 1 s GPRS is typically prioritized
lower than speech and thus the quality of connection
varies greatly
Devices with latencyRTT improvements (via for
example the extended UL TBF mode feature) are
generally available Also network upgrades offeatures are available with certain operators With
these enhancements the active round-trip time can
be reduced resulting in significant increase in
application-level throughput spe
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2631
the general system health and rough orbits of all GPS satellites (the
almanac)
The receiver uses the messages it receives to determine the transit
time of each message and computes the distance to each satelliteThese distances along with the satellites locations are used with the
possible aid of trilateration depending on which algorithm is used tocompute the position of the receiver This position is then displayed
perhaps with a moving map display or latitude and longitude elevation
information may be included Many GPS units show derived information
such as direction and speed calculated from position changes
Three satellites might seem enough to solve for position since spacehas three dimensions and a position near the Earths surface can beassumed However even a very small clock error multiplied by the very
large speed of light[31] mdash the speed at which satellite signals propagate mdash
results in a large positional error Therefore receivers use four or
more satellites to solve for the receivers location and time The very
accurately computed time is effectively hidden by most GPSapplications which use only the location A few specialized GPS
applications do however use the time these include time transfer trafficsignal timing and synchronization of cell phone base stations
Although four satellites are required for normal operation fewer applyin special cases If one variable is already known a receiver can
determine its position using only three satellites For example a ship oraircraft may have known elevation Some GPS receivers may use
additional clues or assumptions (such as reusing the last known altitude
dead reckoning inertial navigation or including information from the vehiclecomputer) to give a less accurate (degraded) position when fewer than
four satellites are visible
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2731
14 Applications
While originally a military project GPS is considered a dual-use
technology meaning it has significant military and civilian applicationsGPS has become a widely deployed and useful tool for commercescientific uses tracking and surveillance GPSs accurate time
facilitates everyday activities such as banking mobile phone
operations and even the control of power grids by allowing well
synchronized hand-off switching[38]
141 Civilian
See also GNSS applications and GPS navigation device
This antenna is mounted on the roof of a hut containing a scientific
experiment needing precise timing
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2831
Many civilian applications use one or more of GPSs three basic
components absolute location relative movement and time transfer
Clock synchronization The accuracy of GPS time signals (plusmn10 ns)[51] is
second only to the atomic clocks upon which they are based Cellular telephony Clock synchronization enables time transfer which
is critical for synchronizing its spreading codes with other basestations to facilitate inter-cell handoff and support hybrid
GPScellular position detection for mobile emergency calls and other
applications The first handsets with integrated GPS launched in the late
1990s The US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) mandated thefeature in either the handset or in the towers (for use in
triangulation) in 2002 so emergency services could locate911 callers Third-party software developers later gained access to
GPS APIs from Nextel upon launch followed by Sprint in 2006 andVerizon soon thereafter
Disaster reliefemergency services Depend upon GPS for location and
timing capabilities
Geofencing Vehicle tracking systems person tracking systems and pet
tracking systems use GPS to locate a vehicle person or pet These
devices are attached to the vehicle person or the pet collar Theapplication provides continuous tracking and mobile or Internet
updates should the target leave a designated area[52]
Geotagging Applying location coordinates to digital objects such as
photographs and other documents for purposes such as creating map
overlays GPS Aircraft Tracking GPS tours Location determines what content to display for instance
information about an approaching point of interest
Map-making Both civilian and military cartographers use GPSextensively
Navigation Navigators value digitally precise velocity and orientationmeasurements
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 231
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 331
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 431
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 631
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 731
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 831
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 931
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1131
Network Switching Subsystem (NSS)
Network Switching Subsystem (NSS) - Contains the elementsMobile Services Switching Centre (MSC)
Home Location Register (HLR)
Visitor Location Register (VLR)
Authentication Centre (AC)
Equipment Identity Register (EIR)The Authentication Centre (AC) and Equipment Identity Register (EIR)
are used to provide security The subscriber and the mobile station
have to be identified and authorised before accessing the network
These functions will be discussed later
Function of NSS
Call control A mobile terminated call requires HLR
enquiry to locate the called subscriber Mobility Management
The HLR always knows in which MSCVLR area a
particular subscriber is located
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1231
An MSCVLR knows in which Location Area a subscriber
is located This is enabled by a Location Update of which
there are three types Power On Generic and Periodic
Mobility Management also helps in maintaining ongoingcalls for a moving subscriber by a procedure known as
Handover There are four types of Handovers Intra
Cell Inter Cell-Intra BSC Inter Cell - Inter BSC and
Inter MSC
Subscriber Data handling A subscriberrsquos data is located
in three places the HLR VLR and SIM card
Security Issues Subscriber verification is performed inthe VLR by an authentication process Speech encryption
is carried out between BTS and Mobile Station
Various types of numbers are used in the GSM network
for different functions The most important ones are
IMSI MSISDN MSRN LAI LAC CGI TMSI and
HON
Charging The MSC is responsible for collecting charging
information It is sent to the Billing Centre which
creates bills for the subscriber
Signalling towards Base Station Subsystem and other
networks
The services offered by the GSM network are classified
as MOBILE SWITCHING CENTER (MSC)
MSC performs the switching functions for all mobile stations located in
the geographic covered by its assigned BSSs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1331
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1431
Visitor Location Register (VLR)
mobile subscribers currently located in
the geographical area (ie cells) controlled by the VLR The VLR
allocates the MSRN(when required) a Temporary Mobile SubscriberIdentity (TMSI) for secret identification of mobile subscriber on the
radio link
In summary the VLR contains -(1) Identity of mobile subscriber
(2) Any temporary mobile subscriber identity
(3) ISDN directory number of mobile
(4) Location area where the mobile station is registered(5) Copy of subscriber data from HLR
Equipment Identity Register (EIR)
This database is accessed during the equipment validation procedurewhen a mobile accesses the system it contains the identities of mobile
station equipmentrsquos(called International Mobile Station Equipment
Identity or IMEI) which may be valid suspect or known to fraudulent
This contains
(1) Valid list-list of valid MS equipment identities(2) Suspect list-list of mobiles under observation
(3)Fraudulent list-list of mobiles for which service is barred
Authentication Centre (AUC)
The Authentication Center -
(1) Contains subscriber authentication data called authentication keys(Ki)
(2) Generates security related parameters needed to service using Ki(3)Generate unique data pattern called a cipher key (Kc) needed for
encrypting speech and dataThere are several interfaces in the GSM system which are as follows-
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1631
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1731
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1831
The VLR is the location and management data base for the mobile
subscribers roaming in the area controlled by the associated MSC(s)Whenever the MSC needs data related to a given mobile station
currently located in its area it interrogates the VLR When a mobilestation initiates a location updating procedure with an MSC the MSC
informs its VLR which stores the relevant information This procedure
occurs whenever an MS roams to another location area Also when a
subscriber activates a specific supplementary service or modifies some
data attached to a service the MSC informs (via the VLR) the HLRwhich stores these modifications and updates the VLR if required
C INTERFACE (HLR and the MSC)
The Gateway MSC must interrogate the HLR of the requiredsubscriber to obtain routing information for a call or a short message
directed to that subscriberD INTERFACE (HLR - VLR)
This interface is used to exchange the data related to the location ofthe mobile station and to the management of the subscriber The main
service provided to the mobile subscriber is the capability to set up orto receive calls within the whole service area To support this the
location registers have to exchange data The VLR informs the HLR ofthe location of a mobile station managed by the latter and provides it(either at location updating or at call set-up) with the roaming number
of that station The HLR sends to the VLR all the data needed tosupport the service to the mobile subscriber The HLR then instructs
the previous VLR to cancel the location registration of this subscriber
Exchanges of data may occur when the mobile subscriber requires aparticular service when he wants to change some data attached to his
subscription or when some parameters of the subscription are modifiedby administrative means
E INTERFACE (MSC ndash MSC)When a mobile station moves from one MSC area to another during a
call handover procedure has to be performed in order to continue the
communication For that purpose the MSCs have to exchange data to
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1931
initiate and then to realize the operation After the handover
operation has been completed the MSCs will exchange information totransfer A-interface signaling as necessary When a short message is
to be transferred between a Mobile Station and Short MessageService Centre (SC) in either direction this interface is used to
transfer the message between the MSC serving the Mobile Station and
the MSC which acts as the interface to the SC
F INTERFACE (MSC and EIR)
This interface is used between MSC and EIR to exchange data inorder that the EIR can verify the status of the IMEI retrieved from
the Mobile Station
G INTERFACE (VLR ndash VLR) When a mobile subscriber moves from a VLR area to another Location
Registration procedure will happen This procedure may include theretrieval of the IMSI and authentication parameters from the old VLRH INTERFACE (HLR - AuC)
When an HLR receives a request for authentication and ciphering data
for a Mobile Subscriber and it does not hold the requested data theHLR requests the data from the AuC The protocol used to transfer
the data over this interface is not standardisation
HANDOVER
Handover or handoff as it is called in North America is the switchingof an ongoing call to a different channel or cell There are four
different types of handover in the GSM system which involve
transferring a call betweenChannels (time slots) in the same cell
Cells (Base Transceiver Stations) under the control of the same BaseStation Controller (BSC)
Cells under the control of different BSCs but belonging to the sameMobile services Switching Center (MSC) and
Cells under the control of different MSCs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2131
102 Security
3G networks offer greater security than their 2G predecessors By
allowing the UE (User Equipment) to authenticate the network it is
attaching to the user can be sure the network is the intended one andnot an impersonator 3G networks use the KASUMI block crypto instead of
the older A51 stream cipher However a number of serious weaknesses in
the KASUMI cipher have been identified[19]
In addition to the 3G network infrastructure security end-to-end
security is offered when application frameworks such as IMS are
accessed although this is not strictly a 3G property
103 Applications of 3G
The bandwidth and location information available to 3G devices gives
rise to applications not previously available to mobile phone users Someof the applications are
Mobile TV
Video on demand Video conferencing Tele-medicine
Location-based services
11 Evolution
Both 3GPP and 3GPP2 are currently working on extensions to 3G standardthat are based on an all-IP network infrastructure and using advancedwireless technologies such as MIMO these specifications already
display features characteristic for IMT-Advanced (4G) the successor of3G However falling short of the bandwidth requirements for 4G
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2231
(which is 1 Gbits for stationary and 100 Mbits for mobile operation)
these standards are classified as 39G or Pre-4G
3GPP plans to meet the 4G goals with LTE Advanced whereas Qualcomm
has halted development of UMB in favour of the LTE family[5]
On 14 December 2009 Telia Sonera announced in an official press
release that We are very proud to be the first operator in the world
to offer our customers 4G services[20] With the launch of their LTEnetwork initially they are offering pre-4G (or beyond 3G ) services in
Stockholm Sweden and Oslo Nor
ABOUT 4GIn telecommunications 4G is the fourth generation of cellular wireless
standards It is a successor to the 3G and 2G families of standards In
2009 the ITU-R organization specified the IMT-Advanced
(International Mobile Telecommunications Advanced) requirements for4G standards setting peak speed requirements for 4G service at
100 Mbits for high mobility communication (such as from trains and
cars) and 1 Gbits for low mobility communication (such as pedestriansand stationary users)[1]
A 4G system is expected to provide a comprehensive and secure all-IP
based mobile broadband solution to laptop computer wireless modems smartphones and other mobile devices Facilities such as ultra-broadband
Internet access IP telephony gaming services and streamed multimedia
may be provided to users
Pre-4G technologies such as mobile WiMAX and first-release Long term
evolution (LTE) have been on the market since 2006[2] and 2009[3][4][5]
respectively and though often branded as 4G in marketing materials
the current versions of these technologies provide downstream peak
bitrates of 144 Mbits and 100 Mbits respectively and do consequently
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2331
not fulfill the original ITU-R requirements of data rates approximately
up to 1 Gbits for 4G systems
IMT -Advanced compliant versions of the above two standards are under
development and called ―LTE Advanced and ―WirelessMAN-Advancedrespectively ITU has decided that ―LTE Advanced and
―WirelessMAN-Advanced should be accorded the official designation
of IMT-Advanced On December 6 2010 ITU announced that current
versions of LTE WiMax and other evolved 3G technologies that do not
fulfill IMT-Advanced requirements could be considered 4G
provided they represent forerunners to IMT-Advanced and asubstantial level of improvement in performance and capabilities with
respect to the initial third generation systems now deployed[6]
In all suggestions for 4G the CDMA spread spectrum radio technology used
in 3G systems and IS-95 is abandoned and replaced by OFDMA and otherfrequency-domain equalization schemes[citation needed ] This is combined with MIMO
(Multiple In Multiple Out)
25G and 3G systems rely on double core network infrastructures traditional circuit-switchednetwork nodes (switching points) for telephony and packet-switched GPRS nodes for various
OVERVIEW OF GPRS TECHNOLOGY
111 Services offered
GPRS extends the GSM Packet circuit switched data capabilities and
makes the following services possible
SMS messaging and broadcasting
File manipulation functions
Active process block process Always on internet access
Multimedia messaging service (MMS)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2431
Push to talk over cellular (PoC)
Instant messaging and presencemdashwireless village Internet applications for smart devices through wireless application
protocol (WAP) Point-to-point (P2P) service inter-networking with the Internet (IP)
Point-to-Multipoint (P2M) service point-to-multipoint multicast and
point-to-multipoint group calls
If SMS over GPRS is used an SMS transmission speed of about 30
SMS messages per minute may be achieved This is much faster than
using the ordinary SMS over GSM whose SMS transmission speed isabout 6 to 10 SMS messages per minute
12 Usability
The maximum speed of a GPRS connection offered in
2003 was similar to a modem connection in an analog
wire telephone network about 32-40 kbits
depending on the phone used Latency is very highround-trip time (RTT) is typically about 600-700 ms
and often reaches 1 s GPRS is typically prioritized
lower than speech and thus the quality of connection
varies greatly
Devices with latencyRTT improvements (via for
example the extended UL TBF mode feature) are
generally available Also network upgrades offeatures are available with certain operators With
these enhancements the active round-trip time can
be reduced resulting in significant increase in
application-level throughput spe
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2631
the general system health and rough orbits of all GPS satellites (the
almanac)
The receiver uses the messages it receives to determine the transit
time of each message and computes the distance to each satelliteThese distances along with the satellites locations are used with the
possible aid of trilateration depending on which algorithm is used tocompute the position of the receiver This position is then displayed
perhaps with a moving map display or latitude and longitude elevation
information may be included Many GPS units show derived information
such as direction and speed calculated from position changes
Three satellites might seem enough to solve for position since spacehas three dimensions and a position near the Earths surface can beassumed However even a very small clock error multiplied by the very
large speed of light[31] mdash the speed at which satellite signals propagate mdash
results in a large positional error Therefore receivers use four or
more satellites to solve for the receivers location and time The very
accurately computed time is effectively hidden by most GPSapplications which use only the location A few specialized GPS
applications do however use the time these include time transfer trafficsignal timing and synchronization of cell phone base stations
Although four satellites are required for normal operation fewer applyin special cases If one variable is already known a receiver can
determine its position using only three satellites For example a ship oraircraft may have known elevation Some GPS receivers may use
additional clues or assumptions (such as reusing the last known altitude
dead reckoning inertial navigation or including information from the vehiclecomputer) to give a less accurate (degraded) position when fewer than
four satellites are visible
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2731
14 Applications
While originally a military project GPS is considered a dual-use
technology meaning it has significant military and civilian applicationsGPS has become a widely deployed and useful tool for commercescientific uses tracking and surveillance GPSs accurate time
facilitates everyday activities such as banking mobile phone
operations and even the control of power grids by allowing well
synchronized hand-off switching[38]
141 Civilian
See also GNSS applications and GPS navigation device
This antenna is mounted on the roof of a hut containing a scientific
experiment needing precise timing
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2831
Many civilian applications use one or more of GPSs three basic
components absolute location relative movement and time transfer
Clock synchronization The accuracy of GPS time signals (plusmn10 ns)[51] is
second only to the atomic clocks upon which they are based Cellular telephony Clock synchronization enables time transfer which
is critical for synchronizing its spreading codes with other basestations to facilitate inter-cell handoff and support hybrid
GPScellular position detection for mobile emergency calls and other
applications The first handsets with integrated GPS launched in the late
1990s The US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) mandated thefeature in either the handset or in the towers (for use in
triangulation) in 2002 so emergency services could locate911 callers Third-party software developers later gained access to
GPS APIs from Nextel upon launch followed by Sprint in 2006 andVerizon soon thereafter
Disaster reliefemergency services Depend upon GPS for location and
timing capabilities
Geofencing Vehicle tracking systems person tracking systems and pet
tracking systems use GPS to locate a vehicle person or pet These
devices are attached to the vehicle person or the pet collar Theapplication provides continuous tracking and mobile or Internet
updates should the target leave a designated area[52]
Geotagging Applying location coordinates to digital objects such as
photographs and other documents for purposes such as creating map
overlays GPS Aircraft Tracking GPS tours Location determines what content to display for instance
information about an approaching point of interest
Map-making Both civilian and military cartographers use GPSextensively
Navigation Navigators value digitally precise velocity and orientationmeasurements
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 331
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 431
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 631
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 731
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 831
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 931
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1131
Network Switching Subsystem (NSS)
Network Switching Subsystem (NSS) - Contains the elementsMobile Services Switching Centre (MSC)
Home Location Register (HLR)
Visitor Location Register (VLR)
Authentication Centre (AC)
Equipment Identity Register (EIR)The Authentication Centre (AC) and Equipment Identity Register (EIR)
are used to provide security The subscriber and the mobile station
have to be identified and authorised before accessing the network
These functions will be discussed later
Function of NSS
Call control A mobile terminated call requires HLR
enquiry to locate the called subscriber Mobility Management
The HLR always knows in which MSCVLR area a
particular subscriber is located
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1231
An MSCVLR knows in which Location Area a subscriber
is located This is enabled by a Location Update of which
there are three types Power On Generic and Periodic
Mobility Management also helps in maintaining ongoingcalls for a moving subscriber by a procedure known as
Handover There are four types of Handovers Intra
Cell Inter Cell-Intra BSC Inter Cell - Inter BSC and
Inter MSC
Subscriber Data handling A subscriberrsquos data is located
in three places the HLR VLR and SIM card
Security Issues Subscriber verification is performed inthe VLR by an authentication process Speech encryption
is carried out between BTS and Mobile Station
Various types of numbers are used in the GSM network
for different functions The most important ones are
IMSI MSISDN MSRN LAI LAC CGI TMSI and
HON
Charging The MSC is responsible for collecting charging
information It is sent to the Billing Centre which
creates bills for the subscriber
Signalling towards Base Station Subsystem and other
networks
The services offered by the GSM network are classified
as MOBILE SWITCHING CENTER (MSC)
MSC performs the switching functions for all mobile stations located in
the geographic covered by its assigned BSSs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1331
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1431
Visitor Location Register (VLR)
mobile subscribers currently located in
the geographical area (ie cells) controlled by the VLR The VLR
allocates the MSRN(when required) a Temporary Mobile SubscriberIdentity (TMSI) for secret identification of mobile subscriber on the
radio link
In summary the VLR contains -(1) Identity of mobile subscriber
(2) Any temporary mobile subscriber identity
(3) ISDN directory number of mobile
(4) Location area where the mobile station is registered(5) Copy of subscriber data from HLR
Equipment Identity Register (EIR)
This database is accessed during the equipment validation procedurewhen a mobile accesses the system it contains the identities of mobile
station equipmentrsquos(called International Mobile Station Equipment
Identity or IMEI) which may be valid suspect or known to fraudulent
This contains
(1) Valid list-list of valid MS equipment identities(2) Suspect list-list of mobiles under observation
(3)Fraudulent list-list of mobiles for which service is barred
Authentication Centre (AUC)
The Authentication Center -
(1) Contains subscriber authentication data called authentication keys(Ki)
(2) Generates security related parameters needed to service using Ki(3)Generate unique data pattern called a cipher key (Kc) needed for
encrypting speech and dataThere are several interfaces in the GSM system which are as follows-
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1631
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1731
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1831
The VLR is the location and management data base for the mobile
subscribers roaming in the area controlled by the associated MSC(s)Whenever the MSC needs data related to a given mobile station
currently located in its area it interrogates the VLR When a mobilestation initiates a location updating procedure with an MSC the MSC
informs its VLR which stores the relevant information This procedure
occurs whenever an MS roams to another location area Also when a
subscriber activates a specific supplementary service or modifies some
data attached to a service the MSC informs (via the VLR) the HLRwhich stores these modifications and updates the VLR if required
C INTERFACE (HLR and the MSC)
The Gateway MSC must interrogate the HLR of the requiredsubscriber to obtain routing information for a call or a short message
directed to that subscriberD INTERFACE (HLR - VLR)
This interface is used to exchange the data related to the location ofthe mobile station and to the management of the subscriber The main
service provided to the mobile subscriber is the capability to set up orto receive calls within the whole service area To support this the
location registers have to exchange data The VLR informs the HLR ofthe location of a mobile station managed by the latter and provides it(either at location updating or at call set-up) with the roaming number
of that station The HLR sends to the VLR all the data needed tosupport the service to the mobile subscriber The HLR then instructs
the previous VLR to cancel the location registration of this subscriber
Exchanges of data may occur when the mobile subscriber requires aparticular service when he wants to change some data attached to his
subscription or when some parameters of the subscription are modifiedby administrative means
E INTERFACE (MSC ndash MSC)When a mobile station moves from one MSC area to another during a
call handover procedure has to be performed in order to continue the
communication For that purpose the MSCs have to exchange data to
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1931
initiate and then to realize the operation After the handover
operation has been completed the MSCs will exchange information totransfer A-interface signaling as necessary When a short message is
to be transferred between a Mobile Station and Short MessageService Centre (SC) in either direction this interface is used to
transfer the message between the MSC serving the Mobile Station and
the MSC which acts as the interface to the SC
F INTERFACE (MSC and EIR)
This interface is used between MSC and EIR to exchange data inorder that the EIR can verify the status of the IMEI retrieved from
the Mobile Station
G INTERFACE (VLR ndash VLR) When a mobile subscriber moves from a VLR area to another Location
Registration procedure will happen This procedure may include theretrieval of the IMSI and authentication parameters from the old VLRH INTERFACE (HLR - AuC)
When an HLR receives a request for authentication and ciphering data
for a Mobile Subscriber and it does not hold the requested data theHLR requests the data from the AuC The protocol used to transfer
the data over this interface is not standardisation
HANDOVER
Handover or handoff as it is called in North America is the switchingof an ongoing call to a different channel or cell There are four
different types of handover in the GSM system which involve
transferring a call betweenChannels (time slots) in the same cell
Cells (Base Transceiver Stations) under the control of the same BaseStation Controller (BSC)
Cells under the control of different BSCs but belonging to the sameMobile services Switching Center (MSC) and
Cells under the control of different MSCs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2131
102 Security
3G networks offer greater security than their 2G predecessors By
allowing the UE (User Equipment) to authenticate the network it is
attaching to the user can be sure the network is the intended one andnot an impersonator 3G networks use the KASUMI block crypto instead of
the older A51 stream cipher However a number of serious weaknesses in
the KASUMI cipher have been identified[19]
In addition to the 3G network infrastructure security end-to-end
security is offered when application frameworks such as IMS are
accessed although this is not strictly a 3G property
103 Applications of 3G
The bandwidth and location information available to 3G devices gives
rise to applications not previously available to mobile phone users Someof the applications are
Mobile TV
Video on demand Video conferencing Tele-medicine
Location-based services
11 Evolution
Both 3GPP and 3GPP2 are currently working on extensions to 3G standardthat are based on an all-IP network infrastructure and using advancedwireless technologies such as MIMO these specifications already
display features characteristic for IMT-Advanced (4G) the successor of3G However falling short of the bandwidth requirements for 4G
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2231
(which is 1 Gbits for stationary and 100 Mbits for mobile operation)
these standards are classified as 39G or Pre-4G
3GPP plans to meet the 4G goals with LTE Advanced whereas Qualcomm
has halted development of UMB in favour of the LTE family[5]
On 14 December 2009 Telia Sonera announced in an official press
release that We are very proud to be the first operator in the world
to offer our customers 4G services[20] With the launch of their LTEnetwork initially they are offering pre-4G (or beyond 3G ) services in
Stockholm Sweden and Oslo Nor
ABOUT 4GIn telecommunications 4G is the fourth generation of cellular wireless
standards It is a successor to the 3G and 2G families of standards In
2009 the ITU-R organization specified the IMT-Advanced
(International Mobile Telecommunications Advanced) requirements for4G standards setting peak speed requirements for 4G service at
100 Mbits for high mobility communication (such as from trains and
cars) and 1 Gbits for low mobility communication (such as pedestriansand stationary users)[1]
A 4G system is expected to provide a comprehensive and secure all-IP
based mobile broadband solution to laptop computer wireless modems smartphones and other mobile devices Facilities such as ultra-broadband
Internet access IP telephony gaming services and streamed multimedia
may be provided to users
Pre-4G technologies such as mobile WiMAX and first-release Long term
evolution (LTE) have been on the market since 2006[2] and 2009[3][4][5]
respectively and though often branded as 4G in marketing materials
the current versions of these technologies provide downstream peak
bitrates of 144 Mbits and 100 Mbits respectively and do consequently
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2331
not fulfill the original ITU-R requirements of data rates approximately
up to 1 Gbits for 4G systems
IMT -Advanced compliant versions of the above two standards are under
development and called ―LTE Advanced and ―WirelessMAN-Advancedrespectively ITU has decided that ―LTE Advanced and
―WirelessMAN-Advanced should be accorded the official designation
of IMT-Advanced On December 6 2010 ITU announced that current
versions of LTE WiMax and other evolved 3G technologies that do not
fulfill IMT-Advanced requirements could be considered 4G
provided they represent forerunners to IMT-Advanced and asubstantial level of improvement in performance and capabilities with
respect to the initial third generation systems now deployed[6]
In all suggestions for 4G the CDMA spread spectrum radio technology used
in 3G systems and IS-95 is abandoned and replaced by OFDMA and otherfrequency-domain equalization schemes[citation needed ] This is combined with MIMO
(Multiple In Multiple Out)
25G and 3G systems rely on double core network infrastructures traditional circuit-switchednetwork nodes (switching points) for telephony and packet-switched GPRS nodes for various
OVERVIEW OF GPRS TECHNOLOGY
111 Services offered
GPRS extends the GSM Packet circuit switched data capabilities and
makes the following services possible
SMS messaging and broadcasting
File manipulation functions
Active process block process Always on internet access
Multimedia messaging service (MMS)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2431
Push to talk over cellular (PoC)
Instant messaging and presencemdashwireless village Internet applications for smart devices through wireless application
protocol (WAP) Point-to-point (P2P) service inter-networking with the Internet (IP)
Point-to-Multipoint (P2M) service point-to-multipoint multicast and
point-to-multipoint group calls
If SMS over GPRS is used an SMS transmission speed of about 30
SMS messages per minute may be achieved This is much faster than
using the ordinary SMS over GSM whose SMS transmission speed isabout 6 to 10 SMS messages per minute
12 Usability
The maximum speed of a GPRS connection offered in
2003 was similar to a modem connection in an analog
wire telephone network about 32-40 kbits
depending on the phone used Latency is very highround-trip time (RTT) is typically about 600-700 ms
and often reaches 1 s GPRS is typically prioritized
lower than speech and thus the quality of connection
varies greatly
Devices with latencyRTT improvements (via for
example the extended UL TBF mode feature) are
generally available Also network upgrades offeatures are available with certain operators With
these enhancements the active round-trip time can
be reduced resulting in significant increase in
application-level throughput spe
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2631
the general system health and rough orbits of all GPS satellites (the
almanac)
The receiver uses the messages it receives to determine the transit
time of each message and computes the distance to each satelliteThese distances along with the satellites locations are used with the
possible aid of trilateration depending on which algorithm is used tocompute the position of the receiver This position is then displayed
perhaps with a moving map display or latitude and longitude elevation
information may be included Many GPS units show derived information
such as direction and speed calculated from position changes
Three satellites might seem enough to solve for position since spacehas three dimensions and a position near the Earths surface can beassumed However even a very small clock error multiplied by the very
large speed of light[31] mdash the speed at which satellite signals propagate mdash
results in a large positional error Therefore receivers use four or
more satellites to solve for the receivers location and time The very
accurately computed time is effectively hidden by most GPSapplications which use only the location A few specialized GPS
applications do however use the time these include time transfer trafficsignal timing and synchronization of cell phone base stations
Although four satellites are required for normal operation fewer applyin special cases If one variable is already known a receiver can
determine its position using only three satellites For example a ship oraircraft may have known elevation Some GPS receivers may use
additional clues or assumptions (such as reusing the last known altitude
dead reckoning inertial navigation or including information from the vehiclecomputer) to give a less accurate (degraded) position when fewer than
four satellites are visible
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2731
14 Applications
While originally a military project GPS is considered a dual-use
technology meaning it has significant military and civilian applicationsGPS has become a widely deployed and useful tool for commercescientific uses tracking and surveillance GPSs accurate time
facilitates everyday activities such as banking mobile phone
operations and even the control of power grids by allowing well
synchronized hand-off switching[38]
141 Civilian
See also GNSS applications and GPS navigation device
This antenna is mounted on the roof of a hut containing a scientific
experiment needing precise timing
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2831
Many civilian applications use one or more of GPSs three basic
components absolute location relative movement and time transfer
Clock synchronization The accuracy of GPS time signals (plusmn10 ns)[51] is
second only to the atomic clocks upon which they are based Cellular telephony Clock synchronization enables time transfer which
is critical for synchronizing its spreading codes with other basestations to facilitate inter-cell handoff and support hybrid
GPScellular position detection for mobile emergency calls and other
applications The first handsets with integrated GPS launched in the late
1990s The US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) mandated thefeature in either the handset or in the towers (for use in
triangulation) in 2002 so emergency services could locate911 callers Third-party software developers later gained access to
GPS APIs from Nextel upon launch followed by Sprint in 2006 andVerizon soon thereafter
Disaster reliefemergency services Depend upon GPS for location and
timing capabilities
Geofencing Vehicle tracking systems person tracking systems and pet
tracking systems use GPS to locate a vehicle person or pet These
devices are attached to the vehicle person or the pet collar Theapplication provides continuous tracking and mobile or Internet
updates should the target leave a designated area[52]
Geotagging Applying location coordinates to digital objects such as
photographs and other documents for purposes such as creating map
overlays GPS Aircraft Tracking GPS tours Location determines what content to display for instance
information about an approaching point of interest
Map-making Both civilian and military cartographers use GPSextensively
Navigation Navigators value digitally precise velocity and orientationmeasurements
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 431
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 631
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 731
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 831
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 931
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1131
Network Switching Subsystem (NSS)
Network Switching Subsystem (NSS) - Contains the elementsMobile Services Switching Centre (MSC)
Home Location Register (HLR)
Visitor Location Register (VLR)
Authentication Centre (AC)
Equipment Identity Register (EIR)The Authentication Centre (AC) and Equipment Identity Register (EIR)
are used to provide security The subscriber and the mobile station
have to be identified and authorised before accessing the network
These functions will be discussed later
Function of NSS
Call control A mobile terminated call requires HLR
enquiry to locate the called subscriber Mobility Management
The HLR always knows in which MSCVLR area a
particular subscriber is located
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1231
An MSCVLR knows in which Location Area a subscriber
is located This is enabled by a Location Update of which
there are three types Power On Generic and Periodic
Mobility Management also helps in maintaining ongoingcalls for a moving subscriber by a procedure known as
Handover There are four types of Handovers Intra
Cell Inter Cell-Intra BSC Inter Cell - Inter BSC and
Inter MSC
Subscriber Data handling A subscriberrsquos data is located
in three places the HLR VLR and SIM card
Security Issues Subscriber verification is performed inthe VLR by an authentication process Speech encryption
is carried out between BTS and Mobile Station
Various types of numbers are used in the GSM network
for different functions The most important ones are
IMSI MSISDN MSRN LAI LAC CGI TMSI and
HON
Charging The MSC is responsible for collecting charging
information It is sent to the Billing Centre which
creates bills for the subscriber
Signalling towards Base Station Subsystem and other
networks
The services offered by the GSM network are classified
as MOBILE SWITCHING CENTER (MSC)
MSC performs the switching functions for all mobile stations located in
the geographic covered by its assigned BSSs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1331
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1431
Visitor Location Register (VLR)
mobile subscribers currently located in
the geographical area (ie cells) controlled by the VLR The VLR
allocates the MSRN(when required) a Temporary Mobile SubscriberIdentity (TMSI) for secret identification of mobile subscriber on the
radio link
In summary the VLR contains -(1) Identity of mobile subscriber
(2) Any temporary mobile subscriber identity
(3) ISDN directory number of mobile
(4) Location area where the mobile station is registered(5) Copy of subscriber data from HLR
Equipment Identity Register (EIR)
This database is accessed during the equipment validation procedurewhen a mobile accesses the system it contains the identities of mobile
station equipmentrsquos(called International Mobile Station Equipment
Identity or IMEI) which may be valid suspect or known to fraudulent
This contains
(1) Valid list-list of valid MS equipment identities(2) Suspect list-list of mobiles under observation
(3)Fraudulent list-list of mobiles for which service is barred
Authentication Centre (AUC)
The Authentication Center -
(1) Contains subscriber authentication data called authentication keys(Ki)
(2) Generates security related parameters needed to service using Ki(3)Generate unique data pattern called a cipher key (Kc) needed for
encrypting speech and dataThere are several interfaces in the GSM system which are as follows-
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1631
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1731
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1831
The VLR is the location and management data base for the mobile
subscribers roaming in the area controlled by the associated MSC(s)Whenever the MSC needs data related to a given mobile station
currently located in its area it interrogates the VLR When a mobilestation initiates a location updating procedure with an MSC the MSC
informs its VLR which stores the relevant information This procedure
occurs whenever an MS roams to another location area Also when a
subscriber activates a specific supplementary service or modifies some
data attached to a service the MSC informs (via the VLR) the HLRwhich stores these modifications and updates the VLR if required
C INTERFACE (HLR and the MSC)
The Gateway MSC must interrogate the HLR of the requiredsubscriber to obtain routing information for a call or a short message
directed to that subscriberD INTERFACE (HLR - VLR)
This interface is used to exchange the data related to the location ofthe mobile station and to the management of the subscriber The main
service provided to the mobile subscriber is the capability to set up orto receive calls within the whole service area To support this the
location registers have to exchange data The VLR informs the HLR ofthe location of a mobile station managed by the latter and provides it(either at location updating or at call set-up) with the roaming number
of that station The HLR sends to the VLR all the data needed tosupport the service to the mobile subscriber The HLR then instructs
the previous VLR to cancel the location registration of this subscriber
Exchanges of data may occur when the mobile subscriber requires aparticular service when he wants to change some data attached to his
subscription or when some parameters of the subscription are modifiedby administrative means
E INTERFACE (MSC ndash MSC)When a mobile station moves from one MSC area to another during a
call handover procedure has to be performed in order to continue the
communication For that purpose the MSCs have to exchange data to
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1931
initiate and then to realize the operation After the handover
operation has been completed the MSCs will exchange information totransfer A-interface signaling as necessary When a short message is
to be transferred between a Mobile Station and Short MessageService Centre (SC) in either direction this interface is used to
transfer the message between the MSC serving the Mobile Station and
the MSC which acts as the interface to the SC
F INTERFACE (MSC and EIR)
This interface is used between MSC and EIR to exchange data inorder that the EIR can verify the status of the IMEI retrieved from
the Mobile Station
G INTERFACE (VLR ndash VLR) When a mobile subscriber moves from a VLR area to another Location
Registration procedure will happen This procedure may include theretrieval of the IMSI and authentication parameters from the old VLRH INTERFACE (HLR - AuC)
When an HLR receives a request for authentication and ciphering data
for a Mobile Subscriber and it does not hold the requested data theHLR requests the data from the AuC The protocol used to transfer
the data over this interface is not standardisation
HANDOVER
Handover or handoff as it is called in North America is the switchingof an ongoing call to a different channel or cell There are four
different types of handover in the GSM system which involve
transferring a call betweenChannels (time slots) in the same cell
Cells (Base Transceiver Stations) under the control of the same BaseStation Controller (BSC)
Cells under the control of different BSCs but belonging to the sameMobile services Switching Center (MSC) and
Cells under the control of different MSCs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2131
102 Security
3G networks offer greater security than their 2G predecessors By
allowing the UE (User Equipment) to authenticate the network it is
attaching to the user can be sure the network is the intended one andnot an impersonator 3G networks use the KASUMI block crypto instead of
the older A51 stream cipher However a number of serious weaknesses in
the KASUMI cipher have been identified[19]
In addition to the 3G network infrastructure security end-to-end
security is offered when application frameworks such as IMS are
accessed although this is not strictly a 3G property
103 Applications of 3G
The bandwidth and location information available to 3G devices gives
rise to applications not previously available to mobile phone users Someof the applications are
Mobile TV
Video on demand Video conferencing Tele-medicine
Location-based services
11 Evolution
Both 3GPP and 3GPP2 are currently working on extensions to 3G standardthat are based on an all-IP network infrastructure and using advancedwireless technologies such as MIMO these specifications already
display features characteristic for IMT-Advanced (4G) the successor of3G However falling short of the bandwidth requirements for 4G
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2231
(which is 1 Gbits for stationary and 100 Mbits for mobile operation)
these standards are classified as 39G or Pre-4G
3GPP plans to meet the 4G goals with LTE Advanced whereas Qualcomm
has halted development of UMB in favour of the LTE family[5]
On 14 December 2009 Telia Sonera announced in an official press
release that We are very proud to be the first operator in the world
to offer our customers 4G services[20] With the launch of their LTEnetwork initially they are offering pre-4G (or beyond 3G ) services in
Stockholm Sweden and Oslo Nor
ABOUT 4GIn telecommunications 4G is the fourth generation of cellular wireless
standards It is a successor to the 3G and 2G families of standards In
2009 the ITU-R organization specified the IMT-Advanced
(International Mobile Telecommunications Advanced) requirements for4G standards setting peak speed requirements for 4G service at
100 Mbits for high mobility communication (such as from trains and
cars) and 1 Gbits for low mobility communication (such as pedestriansand stationary users)[1]
A 4G system is expected to provide a comprehensive and secure all-IP
based mobile broadband solution to laptop computer wireless modems smartphones and other mobile devices Facilities such as ultra-broadband
Internet access IP telephony gaming services and streamed multimedia
may be provided to users
Pre-4G technologies such as mobile WiMAX and first-release Long term
evolution (LTE) have been on the market since 2006[2] and 2009[3][4][5]
respectively and though often branded as 4G in marketing materials
the current versions of these technologies provide downstream peak
bitrates of 144 Mbits and 100 Mbits respectively and do consequently
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2331
not fulfill the original ITU-R requirements of data rates approximately
up to 1 Gbits for 4G systems
IMT -Advanced compliant versions of the above two standards are under
development and called ―LTE Advanced and ―WirelessMAN-Advancedrespectively ITU has decided that ―LTE Advanced and
―WirelessMAN-Advanced should be accorded the official designation
of IMT-Advanced On December 6 2010 ITU announced that current
versions of LTE WiMax and other evolved 3G technologies that do not
fulfill IMT-Advanced requirements could be considered 4G
provided they represent forerunners to IMT-Advanced and asubstantial level of improvement in performance and capabilities with
respect to the initial third generation systems now deployed[6]
In all suggestions for 4G the CDMA spread spectrum radio technology used
in 3G systems and IS-95 is abandoned and replaced by OFDMA and otherfrequency-domain equalization schemes[citation needed ] This is combined with MIMO
(Multiple In Multiple Out)
25G and 3G systems rely on double core network infrastructures traditional circuit-switchednetwork nodes (switching points) for telephony and packet-switched GPRS nodes for various
OVERVIEW OF GPRS TECHNOLOGY
111 Services offered
GPRS extends the GSM Packet circuit switched data capabilities and
makes the following services possible
SMS messaging and broadcasting
File manipulation functions
Active process block process Always on internet access
Multimedia messaging service (MMS)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2431
Push to talk over cellular (PoC)
Instant messaging and presencemdashwireless village Internet applications for smart devices through wireless application
protocol (WAP) Point-to-point (P2P) service inter-networking with the Internet (IP)
Point-to-Multipoint (P2M) service point-to-multipoint multicast and
point-to-multipoint group calls
If SMS over GPRS is used an SMS transmission speed of about 30
SMS messages per minute may be achieved This is much faster than
using the ordinary SMS over GSM whose SMS transmission speed isabout 6 to 10 SMS messages per minute
12 Usability
The maximum speed of a GPRS connection offered in
2003 was similar to a modem connection in an analog
wire telephone network about 32-40 kbits
depending on the phone used Latency is very highround-trip time (RTT) is typically about 600-700 ms
and often reaches 1 s GPRS is typically prioritized
lower than speech and thus the quality of connection
varies greatly
Devices with latencyRTT improvements (via for
example the extended UL TBF mode feature) are
generally available Also network upgrades offeatures are available with certain operators With
these enhancements the active round-trip time can
be reduced resulting in significant increase in
application-level throughput spe
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2631
the general system health and rough orbits of all GPS satellites (the
almanac)
The receiver uses the messages it receives to determine the transit
time of each message and computes the distance to each satelliteThese distances along with the satellites locations are used with the
possible aid of trilateration depending on which algorithm is used tocompute the position of the receiver This position is then displayed
perhaps with a moving map display or latitude and longitude elevation
information may be included Many GPS units show derived information
such as direction and speed calculated from position changes
Three satellites might seem enough to solve for position since spacehas three dimensions and a position near the Earths surface can beassumed However even a very small clock error multiplied by the very
large speed of light[31] mdash the speed at which satellite signals propagate mdash
results in a large positional error Therefore receivers use four or
more satellites to solve for the receivers location and time The very
accurately computed time is effectively hidden by most GPSapplications which use only the location A few specialized GPS
applications do however use the time these include time transfer trafficsignal timing and synchronization of cell phone base stations
Although four satellites are required for normal operation fewer applyin special cases If one variable is already known a receiver can
determine its position using only three satellites For example a ship oraircraft may have known elevation Some GPS receivers may use
additional clues or assumptions (such as reusing the last known altitude
dead reckoning inertial navigation or including information from the vehiclecomputer) to give a less accurate (degraded) position when fewer than
four satellites are visible
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2731
14 Applications
While originally a military project GPS is considered a dual-use
technology meaning it has significant military and civilian applicationsGPS has become a widely deployed and useful tool for commercescientific uses tracking and surveillance GPSs accurate time
facilitates everyday activities such as banking mobile phone
operations and even the control of power grids by allowing well
synchronized hand-off switching[38]
141 Civilian
See also GNSS applications and GPS navigation device
This antenna is mounted on the roof of a hut containing a scientific
experiment needing precise timing
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2831
Many civilian applications use one or more of GPSs three basic
components absolute location relative movement and time transfer
Clock synchronization The accuracy of GPS time signals (plusmn10 ns)[51] is
second only to the atomic clocks upon which they are based Cellular telephony Clock synchronization enables time transfer which
is critical for synchronizing its spreading codes with other basestations to facilitate inter-cell handoff and support hybrid
GPScellular position detection for mobile emergency calls and other
applications The first handsets with integrated GPS launched in the late
1990s The US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) mandated thefeature in either the handset or in the towers (for use in
triangulation) in 2002 so emergency services could locate911 callers Third-party software developers later gained access to
GPS APIs from Nextel upon launch followed by Sprint in 2006 andVerizon soon thereafter
Disaster reliefemergency services Depend upon GPS for location and
timing capabilities
Geofencing Vehicle tracking systems person tracking systems and pet
tracking systems use GPS to locate a vehicle person or pet These
devices are attached to the vehicle person or the pet collar Theapplication provides continuous tracking and mobile or Internet
updates should the target leave a designated area[52]
Geotagging Applying location coordinates to digital objects such as
photographs and other documents for purposes such as creating map
overlays GPS Aircraft Tracking GPS tours Location determines what content to display for instance
information about an approaching point of interest
Map-making Both civilian and military cartographers use GPSextensively
Navigation Navigators value digitally precise velocity and orientationmeasurements
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 631
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 731
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 831
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 931
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1131
Network Switching Subsystem (NSS)
Network Switching Subsystem (NSS) - Contains the elementsMobile Services Switching Centre (MSC)
Home Location Register (HLR)
Visitor Location Register (VLR)
Authentication Centre (AC)
Equipment Identity Register (EIR)The Authentication Centre (AC) and Equipment Identity Register (EIR)
are used to provide security The subscriber and the mobile station
have to be identified and authorised before accessing the network
These functions will be discussed later
Function of NSS
Call control A mobile terminated call requires HLR
enquiry to locate the called subscriber Mobility Management
The HLR always knows in which MSCVLR area a
particular subscriber is located
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1231
An MSCVLR knows in which Location Area a subscriber
is located This is enabled by a Location Update of which
there are three types Power On Generic and Periodic
Mobility Management also helps in maintaining ongoingcalls for a moving subscriber by a procedure known as
Handover There are four types of Handovers Intra
Cell Inter Cell-Intra BSC Inter Cell - Inter BSC and
Inter MSC
Subscriber Data handling A subscriberrsquos data is located
in three places the HLR VLR and SIM card
Security Issues Subscriber verification is performed inthe VLR by an authentication process Speech encryption
is carried out between BTS and Mobile Station
Various types of numbers are used in the GSM network
for different functions The most important ones are
IMSI MSISDN MSRN LAI LAC CGI TMSI and
HON
Charging The MSC is responsible for collecting charging
information It is sent to the Billing Centre which
creates bills for the subscriber
Signalling towards Base Station Subsystem and other
networks
The services offered by the GSM network are classified
as MOBILE SWITCHING CENTER (MSC)
MSC performs the switching functions for all mobile stations located in
the geographic covered by its assigned BSSs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1331
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1431
Visitor Location Register (VLR)
mobile subscribers currently located in
the geographical area (ie cells) controlled by the VLR The VLR
allocates the MSRN(when required) a Temporary Mobile SubscriberIdentity (TMSI) for secret identification of mobile subscriber on the
radio link
In summary the VLR contains -(1) Identity of mobile subscriber
(2) Any temporary mobile subscriber identity
(3) ISDN directory number of mobile
(4) Location area where the mobile station is registered(5) Copy of subscriber data from HLR
Equipment Identity Register (EIR)
This database is accessed during the equipment validation procedurewhen a mobile accesses the system it contains the identities of mobile
station equipmentrsquos(called International Mobile Station Equipment
Identity or IMEI) which may be valid suspect or known to fraudulent
This contains
(1) Valid list-list of valid MS equipment identities(2) Suspect list-list of mobiles under observation
(3)Fraudulent list-list of mobiles for which service is barred
Authentication Centre (AUC)
The Authentication Center -
(1) Contains subscriber authentication data called authentication keys(Ki)
(2) Generates security related parameters needed to service using Ki(3)Generate unique data pattern called a cipher key (Kc) needed for
encrypting speech and dataThere are several interfaces in the GSM system which are as follows-
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1631
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1731
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1831
The VLR is the location and management data base for the mobile
subscribers roaming in the area controlled by the associated MSC(s)Whenever the MSC needs data related to a given mobile station
currently located in its area it interrogates the VLR When a mobilestation initiates a location updating procedure with an MSC the MSC
informs its VLR which stores the relevant information This procedure
occurs whenever an MS roams to another location area Also when a
subscriber activates a specific supplementary service or modifies some
data attached to a service the MSC informs (via the VLR) the HLRwhich stores these modifications and updates the VLR if required
C INTERFACE (HLR and the MSC)
The Gateway MSC must interrogate the HLR of the requiredsubscriber to obtain routing information for a call or a short message
directed to that subscriberD INTERFACE (HLR - VLR)
This interface is used to exchange the data related to the location ofthe mobile station and to the management of the subscriber The main
service provided to the mobile subscriber is the capability to set up orto receive calls within the whole service area To support this the
location registers have to exchange data The VLR informs the HLR ofthe location of a mobile station managed by the latter and provides it(either at location updating or at call set-up) with the roaming number
of that station The HLR sends to the VLR all the data needed tosupport the service to the mobile subscriber The HLR then instructs
the previous VLR to cancel the location registration of this subscriber
Exchanges of data may occur when the mobile subscriber requires aparticular service when he wants to change some data attached to his
subscription or when some parameters of the subscription are modifiedby administrative means
E INTERFACE (MSC ndash MSC)When a mobile station moves from one MSC area to another during a
call handover procedure has to be performed in order to continue the
communication For that purpose the MSCs have to exchange data to
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1931
initiate and then to realize the operation After the handover
operation has been completed the MSCs will exchange information totransfer A-interface signaling as necessary When a short message is
to be transferred between a Mobile Station and Short MessageService Centre (SC) in either direction this interface is used to
transfer the message between the MSC serving the Mobile Station and
the MSC which acts as the interface to the SC
F INTERFACE (MSC and EIR)
This interface is used between MSC and EIR to exchange data inorder that the EIR can verify the status of the IMEI retrieved from
the Mobile Station
G INTERFACE (VLR ndash VLR) When a mobile subscriber moves from a VLR area to another Location
Registration procedure will happen This procedure may include theretrieval of the IMSI and authentication parameters from the old VLRH INTERFACE (HLR - AuC)
When an HLR receives a request for authentication and ciphering data
for a Mobile Subscriber and it does not hold the requested data theHLR requests the data from the AuC The protocol used to transfer
the data over this interface is not standardisation
HANDOVER
Handover or handoff as it is called in North America is the switchingof an ongoing call to a different channel or cell There are four
different types of handover in the GSM system which involve
transferring a call betweenChannels (time slots) in the same cell
Cells (Base Transceiver Stations) under the control of the same BaseStation Controller (BSC)
Cells under the control of different BSCs but belonging to the sameMobile services Switching Center (MSC) and
Cells under the control of different MSCs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2131
102 Security
3G networks offer greater security than their 2G predecessors By
allowing the UE (User Equipment) to authenticate the network it is
attaching to the user can be sure the network is the intended one andnot an impersonator 3G networks use the KASUMI block crypto instead of
the older A51 stream cipher However a number of serious weaknesses in
the KASUMI cipher have been identified[19]
In addition to the 3G network infrastructure security end-to-end
security is offered when application frameworks such as IMS are
accessed although this is not strictly a 3G property
103 Applications of 3G
The bandwidth and location information available to 3G devices gives
rise to applications not previously available to mobile phone users Someof the applications are
Mobile TV
Video on demand Video conferencing Tele-medicine
Location-based services
11 Evolution
Both 3GPP and 3GPP2 are currently working on extensions to 3G standardthat are based on an all-IP network infrastructure and using advancedwireless technologies such as MIMO these specifications already
display features characteristic for IMT-Advanced (4G) the successor of3G However falling short of the bandwidth requirements for 4G
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2231
(which is 1 Gbits for stationary and 100 Mbits for mobile operation)
these standards are classified as 39G or Pre-4G
3GPP plans to meet the 4G goals with LTE Advanced whereas Qualcomm
has halted development of UMB in favour of the LTE family[5]
On 14 December 2009 Telia Sonera announced in an official press
release that We are very proud to be the first operator in the world
to offer our customers 4G services[20] With the launch of their LTEnetwork initially they are offering pre-4G (or beyond 3G ) services in
Stockholm Sweden and Oslo Nor
ABOUT 4GIn telecommunications 4G is the fourth generation of cellular wireless
standards It is a successor to the 3G and 2G families of standards In
2009 the ITU-R organization specified the IMT-Advanced
(International Mobile Telecommunications Advanced) requirements for4G standards setting peak speed requirements for 4G service at
100 Mbits for high mobility communication (such as from trains and
cars) and 1 Gbits for low mobility communication (such as pedestriansand stationary users)[1]
A 4G system is expected to provide a comprehensive and secure all-IP
based mobile broadband solution to laptop computer wireless modems smartphones and other mobile devices Facilities such as ultra-broadband
Internet access IP telephony gaming services and streamed multimedia
may be provided to users
Pre-4G technologies such as mobile WiMAX and first-release Long term
evolution (LTE) have been on the market since 2006[2] and 2009[3][4][5]
respectively and though often branded as 4G in marketing materials
the current versions of these technologies provide downstream peak
bitrates of 144 Mbits and 100 Mbits respectively and do consequently
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2331
not fulfill the original ITU-R requirements of data rates approximately
up to 1 Gbits for 4G systems
IMT -Advanced compliant versions of the above two standards are under
development and called ―LTE Advanced and ―WirelessMAN-Advancedrespectively ITU has decided that ―LTE Advanced and
―WirelessMAN-Advanced should be accorded the official designation
of IMT-Advanced On December 6 2010 ITU announced that current
versions of LTE WiMax and other evolved 3G technologies that do not
fulfill IMT-Advanced requirements could be considered 4G
provided they represent forerunners to IMT-Advanced and asubstantial level of improvement in performance and capabilities with
respect to the initial third generation systems now deployed[6]
In all suggestions for 4G the CDMA spread spectrum radio technology used
in 3G systems and IS-95 is abandoned and replaced by OFDMA and otherfrequency-domain equalization schemes[citation needed ] This is combined with MIMO
(Multiple In Multiple Out)
25G and 3G systems rely on double core network infrastructures traditional circuit-switchednetwork nodes (switching points) for telephony and packet-switched GPRS nodes for various
OVERVIEW OF GPRS TECHNOLOGY
111 Services offered
GPRS extends the GSM Packet circuit switched data capabilities and
makes the following services possible
SMS messaging and broadcasting
File manipulation functions
Active process block process Always on internet access
Multimedia messaging service (MMS)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2431
Push to talk over cellular (PoC)
Instant messaging and presencemdashwireless village Internet applications for smart devices through wireless application
protocol (WAP) Point-to-point (P2P) service inter-networking with the Internet (IP)
Point-to-Multipoint (P2M) service point-to-multipoint multicast and
point-to-multipoint group calls
If SMS over GPRS is used an SMS transmission speed of about 30
SMS messages per minute may be achieved This is much faster than
using the ordinary SMS over GSM whose SMS transmission speed isabout 6 to 10 SMS messages per minute
12 Usability
The maximum speed of a GPRS connection offered in
2003 was similar to a modem connection in an analog
wire telephone network about 32-40 kbits
depending on the phone used Latency is very highround-trip time (RTT) is typically about 600-700 ms
and often reaches 1 s GPRS is typically prioritized
lower than speech and thus the quality of connection
varies greatly
Devices with latencyRTT improvements (via for
example the extended UL TBF mode feature) are
generally available Also network upgrades offeatures are available with certain operators With
these enhancements the active round-trip time can
be reduced resulting in significant increase in
application-level throughput spe
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2631
the general system health and rough orbits of all GPS satellites (the
almanac)
The receiver uses the messages it receives to determine the transit
time of each message and computes the distance to each satelliteThese distances along with the satellites locations are used with the
possible aid of trilateration depending on which algorithm is used tocompute the position of the receiver This position is then displayed
perhaps with a moving map display or latitude and longitude elevation
information may be included Many GPS units show derived information
such as direction and speed calculated from position changes
Three satellites might seem enough to solve for position since spacehas three dimensions and a position near the Earths surface can beassumed However even a very small clock error multiplied by the very
large speed of light[31] mdash the speed at which satellite signals propagate mdash
results in a large positional error Therefore receivers use four or
more satellites to solve for the receivers location and time The very
accurately computed time is effectively hidden by most GPSapplications which use only the location A few specialized GPS
applications do however use the time these include time transfer trafficsignal timing and synchronization of cell phone base stations
Although four satellites are required for normal operation fewer applyin special cases If one variable is already known a receiver can
determine its position using only three satellites For example a ship oraircraft may have known elevation Some GPS receivers may use
additional clues or assumptions (such as reusing the last known altitude
dead reckoning inertial navigation or including information from the vehiclecomputer) to give a less accurate (degraded) position when fewer than
four satellites are visible
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2731
14 Applications
While originally a military project GPS is considered a dual-use
technology meaning it has significant military and civilian applicationsGPS has become a widely deployed and useful tool for commercescientific uses tracking and surveillance GPSs accurate time
facilitates everyday activities such as banking mobile phone
operations and even the control of power grids by allowing well
synchronized hand-off switching[38]
141 Civilian
See also GNSS applications and GPS navigation device
This antenna is mounted on the roof of a hut containing a scientific
experiment needing precise timing
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2831
Many civilian applications use one or more of GPSs three basic
components absolute location relative movement and time transfer
Clock synchronization The accuracy of GPS time signals (plusmn10 ns)[51] is
second only to the atomic clocks upon which they are based Cellular telephony Clock synchronization enables time transfer which
is critical for synchronizing its spreading codes with other basestations to facilitate inter-cell handoff and support hybrid
GPScellular position detection for mobile emergency calls and other
applications The first handsets with integrated GPS launched in the late
1990s The US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) mandated thefeature in either the handset or in the towers (for use in
triangulation) in 2002 so emergency services could locate911 callers Third-party software developers later gained access to
GPS APIs from Nextel upon launch followed by Sprint in 2006 andVerizon soon thereafter
Disaster reliefemergency services Depend upon GPS for location and
timing capabilities
Geofencing Vehicle tracking systems person tracking systems and pet
tracking systems use GPS to locate a vehicle person or pet These
devices are attached to the vehicle person or the pet collar Theapplication provides continuous tracking and mobile or Internet
updates should the target leave a designated area[52]
Geotagging Applying location coordinates to digital objects such as
photographs and other documents for purposes such as creating map
overlays GPS Aircraft Tracking GPS tours Location determines what content to display for instance
information about an approaching point of interest
Map-making Both civilian and military cartographers use GPSextensively
Navigation Navigators value digitally precise velocity and orientationmeasurements
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 631
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 731
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 831
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 931
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1131
Network Switching Subsystem (NSS)
Network Switching Subsystem (NSS) - Contains the elementsMobile Services Switching Centre (MSC)
Home Location Register (HLR)
Visitor Location Register (VLR)
Authentication Centre (AC)
Equipment Identity Register (EIR)The Authentication Centre (AC) and Equipment Identity Register (EIR)
are used to provide security The subscriber and the mobile station
have to be identified and authorised before accessing the network
These functions will be discussed later
Function of NSS
Call control A mobile terminated call requires HLR
enquiry to locate the called subscriber Mobility Management
The HLR always knows in which MSCVLR area a
particular subscriber is located
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1231
An MSCVLR knows in which Location Area a subscriber
is located This is enabled by a Location Update of which
there are three types Power On Generic and Periodic
Mobility Management also helps in maintaining ongoingcalls for a moving subscriber by a procedure known as
Handover There are four types of Handovers Intra
Cell Inter Cell-Intra BSC Inter Cell - Inter BSC and
Inter MSC
Subscriber Data handling A subscriberrsquos data is located
in three places the HLR VLR and SIM card
Security Issues Subscriber verification is performed inthe VLR by an authentication process Speech encryption
is carried out between BTS and Mobile Station
Various types of numbers are used in the GSM network
for different functions The most important ones are
IMSI MSISDN MSRN LAI LAC CGI TMSI and
HON
Charging The MSC is responsible for collecting charging
information It is sent to the Billing Centre which
creates bills for the subscriber
Signalling towards Base Station Subsystem and other
networks
The services offered by the GSM network are classified
as MOBILE SWITCHING CENTER (MSC)
MSC performs the switching functions for all mobile stations located in
the geographic covered by its assigned BSSs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1331
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1431
Visitor Location Register (VLR)
mobile subscribers currently located in
the geographical area (ie cells) controlled by the VLR The VLR
allocates the MSRN(when required) a Temporary Mobile SubscriberIdentity (TMSI) for secret identification of mobile subscriber on the
radio link
In summary the VLR contains -(1) Identity of mobile subscriber
(2) Any temporary mobile subscriber identity
(3) ISDN directory number of mobile
(4) Location area where the mobile station is registered(5) Copy of subscriber data from HLR
Equipment Identity Register (EIR)
This database is accessed during the equipment validation procedurewhen a mobile accesses the system it contains the identities of mobile
station equipmentrsquos(called International Mobile Station Equipment
Identity or IMEI) which may be valid suspect or known to fraudulent
This contains
(1) Valid list-list of valid MS equipment identities(2) Suspect list-list of mobiles under observation
(3)Fraudulent list-list of mobiles for which service is barred
Authentication Centre (AUC)
The Authentication Center -
(1) Contains subscriber authentication data called authentication keys(Ki)
(2) Generates security related parameters needed to service using Ki(3)Generate unique data pattern called a cipher key (Kc) needed for
encrypting speech and dataThere are several interfaces in the GSM system which are as follows-
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1631
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1731
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1831
The VLR is the location and management data base for the mobile
subscribers roaming in the area controlled by the associated MSC(s)Whenever the MSC needs data related to a given mobile station
currently located in its area it interrogates the VLR When a mobilestation initiates a location updating procedure with an MSC the MSC
informs its VLR which stores the relevant information This procedure
occurs whenever an MS roams to another location area Also when a
subscriber activates a specific supplementary service or modifies some
data attached to a service the MSC informs (via the VLR) the HLRwhich stores these modifications and updates the VLR if required
C INTERFACE (HLR and the MSC)
The Gateway MSC must interrogate the HLR of the requiredsubscriber to obtain routing information for a call or a short message
directed to that subscriberD INTERFACE (HLR - VLR)
This interface is used to exchange the data related to the location ofthe mobile station and to the management of the subscriber The main
service provided to the mobile subscriber is the capability to set up orto receive calls within the whole service area To support this the
location registers have to exchange data The VLR informs the HLR ofthe location of a mobile station managed by the latter and provides it(either at location updating or at call set-up) with the roaming number
of that station The HLR sends to the VLR all the data needed tosupport the service to the mobile subscriber The HLR then instructs
the previous VLR to cancel the location registration of this subscriber
Exchanges of data may occur when the mobile subscriber requires aparticular service when he wants to change some data attached to his
subscription or when some parameters of the subscription are modifiedby administrative means
E INTERFACE (MSC ndash MSC)When a mobile station moves from one MSC area to another during a
call handover procedure has to be performed in order to continue the
communication For that purpose the MSCs have to exchange data to
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1931
initiate and then to realize the operation After the handover
operation has been completed the MSCs will exchange information totransfer A-interface signaling as necessary When a short message is
to be transferred between a Mobile Station and Short MessageService Centre (SC) in either direction this interface is used to
transfer the message between the MSC serving the Mobile Station and
the MSC which acts as the interface to the SC
F INTERFACE (MSC and EIR)
This interface is used between MSC and EIR to exchange data inorder that the EIR can verify the status of the IMEI retrieved from
the Mobile Station
G INTERFACE (VLR ndash VLR) When a mobile subscriber moves from a VLR area to another Location
Registration procedure will happen This procedure may include theretrieval of the IMSI and authentication parameters from the old VLRH INTERFACE (HLR - AuC)
When an HLR receives a request for authentication and ciphering data
for a Mobile Subscriber and it does not hold the requested data theHLR requests the data from the AuC The protocol used to transfer
the data over this interface is not standardisation
HANDOVER
Handover or handoff as it is called in North America is the switchingof an ongoing call to a different channel or cell There are four
different types of handover in the GSM system which involve
transferring a call betweenChannels (time slots) in the same cell
Cells (Base Transceiver Stations) under the control of the same BaseStation Controller (BSC)
Cells under the control of different BSCs but belonging to the sameMobile services Switching Center (MSC) and
Cells under the control of different MSCs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2131
102 Security
3G networks offer greater security than their 2G predecessors By
allowing the UE (User Equipment) to authenticate the network it is
attaching to the user can be sure the network is the intended one andnot an impersonator 3G networks use the KASUMI block crypto instead of
the older A51 stream cipher However a number of serious weaknesses in
the KASUMI cipher have been identified[19]
In addition to the 3G network infrastructure security end-to-end
security is offered when application frameworks such as IMS are
accessed although this is not strictly a 3G property
103 Applications of 3G
The bandwidth and location information available to 3G devices gives
rise to applications not previously available to mobile phone users Someof the applications are
Mobile TV
Video on demand Video conferencing Tele-medicine
Location-based services
11 Evolution
Both 3GPP and 3GPP2 are currently working on extensions to 3G standardthat are based on an all-IP network infrastructure and using advancedwireless technologies such as MIMO these specifications already
display features characteristic for IMT-Advanced (4G) the successor of3G However falling short of the bandwidth requirements for 4G
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2231
(which is 1 Gbits for stationary and 100 Mbits for mobile operation)
these standards are classified as 39G or Pre-4G
3GPP plans to meet the 4G goals with LTE Advanced whereas Qualcomm
has halted development of UMB in favour of the LTE family[5]
On 14 December 2009 Telia Sonera announced in an official press
release that We are very proud to be the first operator in the world
to offer our customers 4G services[20] With the launch of their LTEnetwork initially they are offering pre-4G (or beyond 3G ) services in
Stockholm Sweden and Oslo Nor
ABOUT 4GIn telecommunications 4G is the fourth generation of cellular wireless
standards It is a successor to the 3G and 2G families of standards In
2009 the ITU-R organization specified the IMT-Advanced
(International Mobile Telecommunications Advanced) requirements for4G standards setting peak speed requirements for 4G service at
100 Mbits for high mobility communication (such as from trains and
cars) and 1 Gbits for low mobility communication (such as pedestriansand stationary users)[1]
A 4G system is expected to provide a comprehensive and secure all-IP
based mobile broadband solution to laptop computer wireless modems smartphones and other mobile devices Facilities such as ultra-broadband
Internet access IP telephony gaming services and streamed multimedia
may be provided to users
Pre-4G technologies such as mobile WiMAX and first-release Long term
evolution (LTE) have been on the market since 2006[2] and 2009[3][4][5]
respectively and though often branded as 4G in marketing materials
the current versions of these technologies provide downstream peak
bitrates of 144 Mbits and 100 Mbits respectively and do consequently
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2331
not fulfill the original ITU-R requirements of data rates approximately
up to 1 Gbits for 4G systems
IMT -Advanced compliant versions of the above two standards are under
development and called ―LTE Advanced and ―WirelessMAN-Advancedrespectively ITU has decided that ―LTE Advanced and
―WirelessMAN-Advanced should be accorded the official designation
of IMT-Advanced On December 6 2010 ITU announced that current
versions of LTE WiMax and other evolved 3G technologies that do not
fulfill IMT-Advanced requirements could be considered 4G
provided they represent forerunners to IMT-Advanced and asubstantial level of improvement in performance and capabilities with
respect to the initial third generation systems now deployed[6]
In all suggestions for 4G the CDMA spread spectrum radio technology used
in 3G systems and IS-95 is abandoned and replaced by OFDMA and otherfrequency-domain equalization schemes[citation needed ] This is combined with MIMO
(Multiple In Multiple Out)
25G and 3G systems rely on double core network infrastructures traditional circuit-switchednetwork nodes (switching points) for telephony and packet-switched GPRS nodes for various
OVERVIEW OF GPRS TECHNOLOGY
111 Services offered
GPRS extends the GSM Packet circuit switched data capabilities and
makes the following services possible
SMS messaging and broadcasting
File manipulation functions
Active process block process Always on internet access
Multimedia messaging service (MMS)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2431
Push to talk over cellular (PoC)
Instant messaging and presencemdashwireless village Internet applications for smart devices through wireless application
protocol (WAP) Point-to-point (P2P) service inter-networking with the Internet (IP)
Point-to-Multipoint (P2M) service point-to-multipoint multicast and
point-to-multipoint group calls
If SMS over GPRS is used an SMS transmission speed of about 30
SMS messages per minute may be achieved This is much faster than
using the ordinary SMS over GSM whose SMS transmission speed isabout 6 to 10 SMS messages per minute
12 Usability
The maximum speed of a GPRS connection offered in
2003 was similar to a modem connection in an analog
wire telephone network about 32-40 kbits
depending on the phone used Latency is very highround-trip time (RTT) is typically about 600-700 ms
and often reaches 1 s GPRS is typically prioritized
lower than speech and thus the quality of connection
varies greatly
Devices with latencyRTT improvements (via for
example the extended UL TBF mode feature) are
generally available Also network upgrades offeatures are available with certain operators With
these enhancements the active round-trip time can
be reduced resulting in significant increase in
application-level throughput spe
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2631
the general system health and rough orbits of all GPS satellites (the
almanac)
The receiver uses the messages it receives to determine the transit
time of each message and computes the distance to each satelliteThese distances along with the satellites locations are used with the
possible aid of trilateration depending on which algorithm is used tocompute the position of the receiver This position is then displayed
perhaps with a moving map display or latitude and longitude elevation
information may be included Many GPS units show derived information
such as direction and speed calculated from position changes
Three satellites might seem enough to solve for position since spacehas three dimensions and a position near the Earths surface can beassumed However even a very small clock error multiplied by the very
large speed of light[31] mdash the speed at which satellite signals propagate mdash
results in a large positional error Therefore receivers use four or
more satellites to solve for the receivers location and time The very
accurately computed time is effectively hidden by most GPSapplications which use only the location A few specialized GPS
applications do however use the time these include time transfer trafficsignal timing and synchronization of cell phone base stations
Although four satellites are required for normal operation fewer applyin special cases If one variable is already known a receiver can
determine its position using only three satellites For example a ship oraircraft may have known elevation Some GPS receivers may use
additional clues or assumptions (such as reusing the last known altitude
dead reckoning inertial navigation or including information from the vehiclecomputer) to give a less accurate (degraded) position when fewer than
four satellites are visible
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2731
14 Applications
While originally a military project GPS is considered a dual-use
technology meaning it has significant military and civilian applicationsGPS has become a widely deployed and useful tool for commercescientific uses tracking and surveillance GPSs accurate time
facilitates everyday activities such as banking mobile phone
operations and even the control of power grids by allowing well
synchronized hand-off switching[38]
141 Civilian
See also GNSS applications and GPS navigation device
This antenna is mounted on the roof of a hut containing a scientific
experiment needing precise timing
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2831
Many civilian applications use one or more of GPSs three basic
components absolute location relative movement and time transfer
Clock synchronization The accuracy of GPS time signals (plusmn10 ns)[51] is
second only to the atomic clocks upon which they are based Cellular telephony Clock synchronization enables time transfer which
is critical for synchronizing its spreading codes with other basestations to facilitate inter-cell handoff and support hybrid
GPScellular position detection for mobile emergency calls and other
applications The first handsets with integrated GPS launched in the late
1990s The US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) mandated thefeature in either the handset or in the towers (for use in
triangulation) in 2002 so emergency services could locate911 callers Third-party software developers later gained access to
GPS APIs from Nextel upon launch followed by Sprint in 2006 andVerizon soon thereafter
Disaster reliefemergency services Depend upon GPS for location and
timing capabilities
Geofencing Vehicle tracking systems person tracking systems and pet
tracking systems use GPS to locate a vehicle person or pet These
devices are attached to the vehicle person or the pet collar Theapplication provides continuous tracking and mobile or Internet
updates should the target leave a designated area[52]
Geotagging Applying location coordinates to digital objects such as
photographs and other documents for purposes such as creating map
overlays GPS Aircraft Tracking GPS tours Location determines what content to display for instance
information about an approaching point of interest
Map-making Both civilian and military cartographers use GPSextensively
Navigation Navigators value digitally precise velocity and orientationmeasurements
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 731
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 831
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 931
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1131
Network Switching Subsystem (NSS)
Network Switching Subsystem (NSS) - Contains the elementsMobile Services Switching Centre (MSC)
Home Location Register (HLR)
Visitor Location Register (VLR)
Authentication Centre (AC)
Equipment Identity Register (EIR)The Authentication Centre (AC) and Equipment Identity Register (EIR)
are used to provide security The subscriber and the mobile station
have to be identified and authorised before accessing the network
These functions will be discussed later
Function of NSS
Call control A mobile terminated call requires HLR
enquiry to locate the called subscriber Mobility Management
The HLR always knows in which MSCVLR area a
particular subscriber is located
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1231
An MSCVLR knows in which Location Area a subscriber
is located This is enabled by a Location Update of which
there are three types Power On Generic and Periodic
Mobility Management also helps in maintaining ongoingcalls for a moving subscriber by a procedure known as
Handover There are four types of Handovers Intra
Cell Inter Cell-Intra BSC Inter Cell - Inter BSC and
Inter MSC
Subscriber Data handling A subscriberrsquos data is located
in three places the HLR VLR and SIM card
Security Issues Subscriber verification is performed inthe VLR by an authentication process Speech encryption
is carried out between BTS and Mobile Station
Various types of numbers are used in the GSM network
for different functions The most important ones are
IMSI MSISDN MSRN LAI LAC CGI TMSI and
HON
Charging The MSC is responsible for collecting charging
information It is sent to the Billing Centre which
creates bills for the subscriber
Signalling towards Base Station Subsystem and other
networks
The services offered by the GSM network are classified
as MOBILE SWITCHING CENTER (MSC)
MSC performs the switching functions for all mobile stations located in
the geographic covered by its assigned BSSs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1331
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1431
Visitor Location Register (VLR)
mobile subscribers currently located in
the geographical area (ie cells) controlled by the VLR The VLR
allocates the MSRN(when required) a Temporary Mobile SubscriberIdentity (TMSI) for secret identification of mobile subscriber on the
radio link
In summary the VLR contains -(1) Identity of mobile subscriber
(2) Any temporary mobile subscriber identity
(3) ISDN directory number of mobile
(4) Location area where the mobile station is registered(5) Copy of subscriber data from HLR
Equipment Identity Register (EIR)
This database is accessed during the equipment validation procedurewhen a mobile accesses the system it contains the identities of mobile
station equipmentrsquos(called International Mobile Station Equipment
Identity or IMEI) which may be valid suspect or known to fraudulent
This contains
(1) Valid list-list of valid MS equipment identities(2) Suspect list-list of mobiles under observation
(3)Fraudulent list-list of mobiles for which service is barred
Authentication Centre (AUC)
The Authentication Center -
(1) Contains subscriber authentication data called authentication keys(Ki)
(2) Generates security related parameters needed to service using Ki(3)Generate unique data pattern called a cipher key (Kc) needed for
encrypting speech and dataThere are several interfaces in the GSM system which are as follows-
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1631
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1731
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1831
The VLR is the location and management data base for the mobile
subscribers roaming in the area controlled by the associated MSC(s)Whenever the MSC needs data related to a given mobile station
currently located in its area it interrogates the VLR When a mobilestation initiates a location updating procedure with an MSC the MSC
informs its VLR which stores the relevant information This procedure
occurs whenever an MS roams to another location area Also when a
subscriber activates a specific supplementary service or modifies some
data attached to a service the MSC informs (via the VLR) the HLRwhich stores these modifications and updates the VLR if required
C INTERFACE (HLR and the MSC)
The Gateway MSC must interrogate the HLR of the requiredsubscriber to obtain routing information for a call or a short message
directed to that subscriberD INTERFACE (HLR - VLR)
This interface is used to exchange the data related to the location ofthe mobile station and to the management of the subscriber The main
service provided to the mobile subscriber is the capability to set up orto receive calls within the whole service area To support this the
location registers have to exchange data The VLR informs the HLR ofthe location of a mobile station managed by the latter and provides it(either at location updating or at call set-up) with the roaming number
of that station The HLR sends to the VLR all the data needed tosupport the service to the mobile subscriber The HLR then instructs
the previous VLR to cancel the location registration of this subscriber
Exchanges of data may occur when the mobile subscriber requires aparticular service when he wants to change some data attached to his
subscription or when some parameters of the subscription are modifiedby administrative means
E INTERFACE (MSC ndash MSC)When a mobile station moves from one MSC area to another during a
call handover procedure has to be performed in order to continue the
communication For that purpose the MSCs have to exchange data to
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1931
initiate and then to realize the operation After the handover
operation has been completed the MSCs will exchange information totransfer A-interface signaling as necessary When a short message is
to be transferred between a Mobile Station and Short MessageService Centre (SC) in either direction this interface is used to
transfer the message between the MSC serving the Mobile Station and
the MSC which acts as the interface to the SC
F INTERFACE (MSC and EIR)
This interface is used between MSC and EIR to exchange data inorder that the EIR can verify the status of the IMEI retrieved from
the Mobile Station
G INTERFACE (VLR ndash VLR) When a mobile subscriber moves from a VLR area to another Location
Registration procedure will happen This procedure may include theretrieval of the IMSI and authentication parameters from the old VLRH INTERFACE (HLR - AuC)
When an HLR receives a request for authentication and ciphering data
for a Mobile Subscriber and it does not hold the requested data theHLR requests the data from the AuC The protocol used to transfer
the data over this interface is not standardisation
HANDOVER
Handover or handoff as it is called in North America is the switchingof an ongoing call to a different channel or cell There are four
different types of handover in the GSM system which involve
transferring a call betweenChannels (time slots) in the same cell
Cells (Base Transceiver Stations) under the control of the same BaseStation Controller (BSC)
Cells under the control of different BSCs but belonging to the sameMobile services Switching Center (MSC) and
Cells under the control of different MSCs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2131
102 Security
3G networks offer greater security than their 2G predecessors By
allowing the UE (User Equipment) to authenticate the network it is
attaching to the user can be sure the network is the intended one andnot an impersonator 3G networks use the KASUMI block crypto instead of
the older A51 stream cipher However a number of serious weaknesses in
the KASUMI cipher have been identified[19]
In addition to the 3G network infrastructure security end-to-end
security is offered when application frameworks such as IMS are
accessed although this is not strictly a 3G property
103 Applications of 3G
The bandwidth and location information available to 3G devices gives
rise to applications not previously available to mobile phone users Someof the applications are
Mobile TV
Video on demand Video conferencing Tele-medicine
Location-based services
11 Evolution
Both 3GPP and 3GPP2 are currently working on extensions to 3G standardthat are based on an all-IP network infrastructure and using advancedwireless technologies such as MIMO these specifications already
display features characteristic for IMT-Advanced (4G) the successor of3G However falling short of the bandwidth requirements for 4G
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2231
(which is 1 Gbits for stationary and 100 Mbits for mobile operation)
these standards are classified as 39G or Pre-4G
3GPP plans to meet the 4G goals with LTE Advanced whereas Qualcomm
has halted development of UMB in favour of the LTE family[5]
On 14 December 2009 Telia Sonera announced in an official press
release that We are very proud to be the first operator in the world
to offer our customers 4G services[20] With the launch of their LTEnetwork initially they are offering pre-4G (or beyond 3G ) services in
Stockholm Sweden and Oslo Nor
ABOUT 4GIn telecommunications 4G is the fourth generation of cellular wireless
standards It is a successor to the 3G and 2G families of standards In
2009 the ITU-R organization specified the IMT-Advanced
(International Mobile Telecommunications Advanced) requirements for4G standards setting peak speed requirements for 4G service at
100 Mbits for high mobility communication (such as from trains and
cars) and 1 Gbits for low mobility communication (such as pedestriansand stationary users)[1]
A 4G system is expected to provide a comprehensive and secure all-IP
based mobile broadband solution to laptop computer wireless modems smartphones and other mobile devices Facilities such as ultra-broadband
Internet access IP telephony gaming services and streamed multimedia
may be provided to users
Pre-4G technologies such as mobile WiMAX and first-release Long term
evolution (LTE) have been on the market since 2006[2] and 2009[3][4][5]
respectively and though often branded as 4G in marketing materials
the current versions of these technologies provide downstream peak
bitrates of 144 Mbits and 100 Mbits respectively and do consequently
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2331
not fulfill the original ITU-R requirements of data rates approximately
up to 1 Gbits for 4G systems
IMT -Advanced compliant versions of the above two standards are under
development and called ―LTE Advanced and ―WirelessMAN-Advancedrespectively ITU has decided that ―LTE Advanced and
―WirelessMAN-Advanced should be accorded the official designation
of IMT-Advanced On December 6 2010 ITU announced that current
versions of LTE WiMax and other evolved 3G technologies that do not
fulfill IMT-Advanced requirements could be considered 4G
provided they represent forerunners to IMT-Advanced and asubstantial level of improvement in performance and capabilities with
respect to the initial third generation systems now deployed[6]
In all suggestions for 4G the CDMA spread spectrum radio technology used
in 3G systems and IS-95 is abandoned and replaced by OFDMA and otherfrequency-domain equalization schemes[citation needed ] This is combined with MIMO
(Multiple In Multiple Out)
25G and 3G systems rely on double core network infrastructures traditional circuit-switchednetwork nodes (switching points) for telephony and packet-switched GPRS nodes for various
OVERVIEW OF GPRS TECHNOLOGY
111 Services offered
GPRS extends the GSM Packet circuit switched data capabilities and
makes the following services possible
SMS messaging and broadcasting
File manipulation functions
Active process block process Always on internet access
Multimedia messaging service (MMS)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2431
Push to talk over cellular (PoC)
Instant messaging and presencemdashwireless village Internet applications for smart devices through wireless application
protocol (WAP) Point-to-point (P2P) service inter-networking with the Internet (IP)
Point-to-Multipoint (P2M) service point-to-multipoint multicast and
point-to-multipoint group calls
If SMS over GPRS is used an SMS transmission speed of about 30
SMS messages per minute may be achieved This is much faster than
using the ordinary SMS over GSM whose SMS transmission speed isabout 6 to 10 SMS messages per minute
12 Usability
The maximum speed of a GPRS connection offered in
2003 was similar to a modem connection in an analog
wire telephone network about 32-40 kbits
depending on the phone used Latency is very highround-trip time (RTT) is typically about 600-700 ms
and often reaches 1 s GPRS is typically prioritized
lower than speech and thus the quality of connection
varies greatly
Devices with latencyRTT improvements (via for
example the extended UL TBF mode feature) are
generally available Also network upgrades offeatures are available with certain operators With
these enhancements the active round-trip time can
be reduced resulting in significant increase in
application-level throughput spe
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2631
the general system health and rough orbits of all GPS satellites (the
almanac)
The receiver uses the messages it receives to determine the transit
time of each message and computes the distance to each satelliteThese distances along with the satellites locations are used with the
possible aid of trilateration depending on which algorithm is used tocompute the position of the receiver This position is then displayed
perhaps with a moving map display or latitude and longitude elevation
information may be included Many GPS units show derived information
such as direction and speed calculated from position changes
Three satellites might seem enough to solve for position since spacehas three dimensions and a position near the Earths surface can beassumed However even a very small clock error multiplied by the very
large speed of light[31] mdash the speed at which satellite signals propagate mdash
results in a large positional error Therefore receivers use four or
more satellites to solve for the receivers location and time The very
accurately computed time is effectively hidden by most GPSapplications which use only the location A few specialized GPS
applications do however use the time these include time transfer trafficsignal timing and synchronization of cell phone base stations
Although four satellites are required for normal operation fewer applyin special cases If one variable is already known a receiver can
determine its position using only three satellites For example a ship oraircraft may have known elevation Some GPS receivers may use
additional clues or assumptions (such as reusing the last known altitude
dead reckoning inertial navigation or including information from the vehiclecomputer) to give a less accurate (degraded) position when fewer than
four satellites are visible
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2731
14 Applications
While originally a military project GPS is considered a dual-use
technology meaning it has significant military and civilian applicationsGPS has become a widely deployed and useful tool for commercescientific uses tracking and surveillance GPSs accurate time
facilitates everyday activities such as banking mobile phone
operations and even the control of power grids by allowing well
synchronized hand-off switching[38]
141 Civilian
See also GNSS applications and GPS navigation device
This antenna is mounted on the roof of a hut containing a scientific
experiment needing precise timing
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2831
Many civilian applications use one or more of GPSs three basic
components absolute location relative movement and time transfer
Clock synchronization The accuracy of GPS time signals (plusmn10 ns)[51] is
second only to the atomic clocks upon which they are based Cellular telephony Clock synchronization enables time transfer which
is critical for synchronizing its spreading codes with other basestations to facilitate inter-cell handoff and support hybrid
GPScellular position detection for mobile emergency calls and other
applications The first handsets with integrated GPS launched in the late
1990s The US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) mandated thefeature in either the handset or in the towers (for use in
triangulation) in 2002 so emergency services could locate911 callers Third-party software developers later gained access to
GPS APIs from Nextel upon launch followed by Sprint in 2006 andVerizon soon thereafter
Disaster reliefemergency services Depend upon GPS for location and
timing capabilities
Geofencing Vehicle tracking systems person tracking systems and pet
tracking systems use GPS to locate a vehicle person or pet These
devices are attached to the vehicle person or the pet collar Theapplication provides continuous tracking and mobile or Internet
updates should the target leave a designated area[52]
Geotagging Applying location coordinates to digital objects such as
photographs and other documents for purposes such as creating map
overlays GPS Aircraft Tracking GPS tours Location determines what content to display for instance
information about an approaching point of interest
Map-making Both civilian and military cartographers use GPSextensively
Navigation Navigators value digitally precise velocity and orientationmeasurements
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 831
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 931
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1131
Network Switching Subsystem (NSS)
Network Switching Subsystem (NSS) - Contains the elementsMobile Services Switching Centre (MSC)
Home Location Register (HLR)
Visitor Location Register (VLR)
Authentication Centre (AC)
Equipment Identity Register (EIR)The Authentication Centre (AC) and Equipment Identity Register (EIR)
are used to provide security The subscriber and the mobile station
have to be identified and authorised before accessing the network
These functions will be discussed later
Function of NSS
Call control A mobile terminated call requires HLR
enquiry to locate the called subscriber Mobility Management
The HLR always knows in which MSCVLR area a
particular subscriber is located
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1231
An MSCVLR knows in which Location Area a subscriber
is located This is enabled by a Location Update of which
there are three types Power On Generic and Periodic
Mobility Management also helps in maintaining ongoingcalls for a moving subscriber by a procedure known as
Handover There are four types of Handovers Intra
Cell Inter Cell-Intra BSC Inter Cell - Inter BSC and
Inter MSC
Subscriber Data handling A subscriberrsquos data is located
in three places the HLR VLR and SIM card
Security Issues Subscriber verification is performed inthe VLR by an authentication process Speech encryption
is carried out between BTS and Mobile Station
Various types of numbers are used in the GSM network
for different functions The most important ones are
IMSI MSISDN MSRN LAI LAC CGI TMSI and
HON
Charging The MSC is responsible for collecting charging
information It is sent to the Billing Centre which
creates bills for the subscriber
Signalling towards Base Station Subsystem and other
networks
The services offered by the GSM network are classified
as MOBILE SWITCHING CENTER (MSC)
MSC performs the switching functions for all mobile stations located in
the geographic covered by its assigned BSSs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1331
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1431
Visitor Location Register (VLR)
mobile subscribers currently located in
the geographical area (ie cells) controlled by the VLR The VLR
allocates the MSRN(when required) a Temporary Mobile SubscriberIdentity (TMSI) for secret identification of mobile subscriber on the
radio link
In summary the VLR contains -(1) Identity of mobile subscriber
(2) Any temporary mobile subscriber identity
(3) ISDN directory number of mobile
(4) Location area where the mobile station is registered(5) Copy of subscriber data from HLR
Equipment Identity Register (EIR)
This database is accessed during the equipment validation procedurewhen a mobile accesses the system it contains the identities of mobile
station equipmentrsquos(called International Mobile Station Equipment
Identity or IMEI) which may be valid suspect or known to fraudulent
This contains
(1) Valid list-list of valid MS equipment identities(2) Suspect list-list of mobiles under observation
(3)Fraudulent list-list of mobiles for which service is barred
Authentication Centre (AUC)
The Authentication Center -
(1) Contains subscriber authentication data called authentication keys(Ki)
(2) Generates security related parameters needed to service using Ki(3)Generate unique data pattern called a cipher key (Kc) needed for
encrypting speech and dataThere are several interfaces in the GSM system which are as follows-
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1631
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1731
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1831
The VLR is the location and management data base for the mobile
subscribers roaming in the area controlled by the associated MSC(s)Whenever the MSC needs data related to a given mobile station
currently located in its area it interrogates the VLR When a mobilestation initiates a location updating procedure with an MSC the MSC
informs its VLR which stores the relevant information This procedure
occurs whenever an MS roams to another location area Also when a
subscriber activates a specific supplementary service or modifies some
data attached to a service the MSC informs (via the VLR) the HLRwhich stores these modifications and updates the VLR if required
C INTERFACE (HLR and the MSC)
The Gateway MSC must interrogate the HLR of the requiredsubscriber to obtain routing information for a call or a short message
directed to that subscriberD INTERFACE (HLR - VLR)
This interface is used to exchange the data related to the location ofthe mobile station and to the management of the subscriber The main
service provided to the mobile subscriber is the capability to set up orto receive calls within the whole service area To support this the
location registers have to exchange data The VLR informs the HLR ofthe location of a mobile station managed by the latter and provides it(either at location updating or at call set-up) with the roaming number
of that station The HLR sends to the VLR all the data needed tosupport the service to the mobile subscriber The HLR then instructs
the previous VLR to cancel the location registration of this subscriber
Exchanges of data may occur when the mobile subscriber requires aparticular service when he wants to change some data attached to his
subscription or when some parameters of the subscription are modifiedby administrative means
E INTERFACE (MSC ndash MSC)When a mobile station moves from one MSC area to another during a
call handover procedure has to be performed in order to continue the
communication For that purpose the MSCs have to exchange data to
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1931
initiate and then to realize the operation After the handover
operation has been completed the MSCs will exchange information totransfer A-interface signaling as necessary When a short message is
to be transferred between a Mobile Station and Short MessageService Centre (SC) in either direction this interface is used to
transfer the message between the MSC serving the Mobile Station and
the MSC which acts as the interface to the SC
F INTERFACE (MSC and EIR)
This interface is used between MSC and EIR to exchange data inorder that the EIR can verify the status of the IMEI retrieved from
the Mobile Station
G INTERFACE (VLR ndash VLR) When a mobile subscriber moves from a VLR area to another Location
Registration procedure will happen This procedure may include theretrieval of the IMSI and authentication parameters from the old VLRH INTERFACE (HLR - AuC)
When an HLR receives a request for authentication and ciphering data
for a Mobile Subscriber and it does not hold the requested data theHLR requests the data from the AuC The protocol used to transfer
the data over this interface is not standardisation
HANDOVER
Handover or handoff as it is called in North America is the switchingof an ongoing call to a different channel or cell There are four
different types of handover in the GSM system which involve
transferring a call betweenChannels (time slots) in the same cell
Cells (Base Transceiver Stations) under the control of the same BaseStation Controller (BSC)
Cells under the control of different BSCs but belonging to the sameMobile services Switching Center (MSC) and
Cells under the control of different MSCs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2131
102 Security
3G networks offer greater security than their 2G predecessors By
allowing the UE (User Equipment) to authenticate the network it is
attaching to the user can be sure the network is the intended one andnot an impersonator 3G networks use the KASUMI block crypto instead of
the older A51 stream cipher However a number of serious weaknesses in
the KASUMI cipher have been identified[19]
In addition to the 3G network infrastructure security end-to-end
security is offered when application frameworks such as IMS are
accessed although this is not strictly a 3G property
103 Applications of 3G
The bandwidth and location information available to 3G devices gives
rise to applications not previously available to mobile phone users Someof the applications are
Mobile TV
Video on demand Video conferencing Tele-medicine
Location-based services
11 Evolution
Both 3GPP and 3GPP2 are currently working on extensions to 3G standardthat are based on an all-IP network infrastructure and using advancedwireless technologies such as MIMO these specifications already
display features characteristic for IMT-Advanced (4G) the successor of3G However falling short of the bandwidth requirements for 4G
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2231
(which is 1 Gbits for stationary and 100 Mbits for mobile operation)
these standards are classified as 39G or Pre-4G
3GPP plans to meet the 4G goals with LTE Advanced whereas Qualcomm
has halted development of UMB in favour of the LTE family[5]
On 14 December 2009 Telia Sonera announced in an official press
release that We are very proud to be the first operator in the world
to offer our customers 4G services[20] With the launch of their LTEnetwork initially they are offering pre-4G (or beyond 3G ) services in
Stockholm Sweden and Oslo Nor
ABOUT 4GIn telecommunications 4G is the fourth generation of cellular wireless
standards It is a successor to the 3G and 2G families of standards In
2009 the ITU-R organization specified the IMT-Advanced
(International Mobile Telecommunications Advanced) requirements for4G standards setting peak speed requirements for 4G service at
100 Mbits for high mobility communication (such as from trains and
cars) and 1 Gbits for low mobility communication (such as pedestriansand stationary users)[1]
A 4G system is expected to provide a comprehensive and secure all-IP
based mobile broadband solution to laptop computer wireless modems smartphones and other mobile devices Facilities such as ultra-broadband
Internet access IP telephony gaming services and streamed multimedia
may be provided to users
Pre-4G technologies such as mobile WiMAX and first-release Long term
evolution (LTE) have been on the market since 2006[2] and 2009[3][4][5]
respectively and though often branded as 4G in marketing materials
the current versions of these technologies provide downstream peak
bitrates of 144 Mbits and 100 Mbits respectively and do consequently
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2331
not fulfill the original ITU-R requirements of data rates approximately
up to 1 Gbits for 4G systems
IMT -Advanced compliant versions of the above two standards are under
development and called ―LTE Advanced and ―WirelessMAN-Advancedrespectively ITU has decided that ―LTE Advanced and
―WirelessMAN-Advanced should be accorded the official designation
of IMT-Advanced On December 6 2010 ITU announced that current
versions of LTE WiMax and other evolved 3G technologies that do not
fulfill IMT-Advanced requirements could be considered 4G
provided they represent forerunners to IMT-Advanced and asubstantial level of improvement in performance and capabilities with
respect to the initial third generation systems now deployed[6]
In all suggestions for 4G the CDMA spread spectrum radio technology used
in 3G systems and IS-95 is abandoned and replaced by OFDMA and otherfrequency-domain equalization schemes[citation needed ] This is combined with MIMO
(Multiple In Multiple Out)
25G and 3G systems rely on double core network infrastructures traditional circuit-switchednetwork nodes (switching points) for telephony and packet-switched GPRS nodes for various
OVERVIEW OF GPRS TECHNOLOGY
111 Services offered
GPRS extends the GSM Packet circuit switched data capabilities and
makes the following services possible
SMS messaging and broadcasting
File manipulation functions
Active process block process Always on internet access
Multimedia messaging service (MMS)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2431
Push to talk over cellular (PoC)
Instant messaging and presencemdashwireless village Internet applications for smart devices through wireless application
protocol (WAP) Point-to-point (P2P) service inter-networking with the Internet (IP)
Point-to-Multipoint (P2M) service point-to-multipoint multicast and
point-to-multipoint group calls
If SMS over GPRS is used an SMS transmission speed of about 30
SMS messages per minute may be achieved This is much faster than
using the ordinary SMS over GSM whose SMS transmission speed isabout 6 to 10 SMS messages per minute
12 Usability
The maximum speed of a GPRS connection offered in
2003 was similar to a modem connection in an analog
wire telephone network about 32-40 kbits
depending on the phone used Latency is very highround-trip time (RTT) is typically about 600-700 ms
and often reaches 1 s GPRS is typically prioritized
lower than speech and thus the quality of connection
varies greatly
Devices with latencyRTT improvements (via for
example the extended UL TBF mode feature) are
generally available Also network upgrades offeatures are available with certain operators With
these enhancements the active round-trip time can
be reduced resulting in significant increase in
application-level throughput spe
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2631
the general system health and rough orbits of all GPS satellites (the
almanac)
The receiver uses the messages it receives to determine the transit
time of each message and computes the distance to each satelliteThese distances along with the satellites locations are used with the
possible aid of trilateration depending on which algorithm is used tocompute the position of the receiver This position is then displayed
perhaps with a moving map display or latitude and longitude elevation
information may be included Many GPS units show derived information
such as direction and speed calculated from position changes
Three satellites might seem enough to solve for position since spacehas three dimensions and a position near the Earths surface can beassumed However even a very small clock error multiplied by the very
large speed of light[31] mdash the speed at which satellite signals propagate mdash
results in a large positional error Therefore receivers use four or
more satellites to solve for the receivers location and time The very
accurately computed time is effectively hidden by most GPSapplications which use only the location A few specialized GPS
applications do however use the time these include time transfer trafficsignal timing and synchronization of cell phone base stations
Although four satellites are required for normal operation fewer applyin special cases If one variable is already known a receiver can
determine its position using only three satellites For example a ship oraircraft may have known elevation Some GPS receivers may use
additional clues or assumptions (such as reusing the last known altitude
dead reckoning inertial navigation or including information from the vehiclecomputer) to give a less accurate (degraded) position when fewer than
four satellites are visible
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2731
14 Applications
While originally a military project GPS is considered a dual-use
technology meaning it has significant military and civilian applicationsGPS has become a widely deployed and useful tool for commercescientific uses tracking and surveillance GPSs accurate time
facilitates everyday activities such as banking mobile phone
operations and even the control of power grids by allowing well
synchronized hand-off switching[38]
141 Civilian
See also GNSS applications and GPS navigation device
This antenna is mounted on the roof of a hut containing a scientific
experiment needing precise timing
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2831
Many civilian applications use one or more of GPSs three basic
components absolute location relative movement and time transfer
Clock synchronization The accuracy of GPS time signals (plusmn10 ns)[51] is
second only to the atomic clocks upon which they are based Cellular telephony Clock synchronization enables time transfer which
is critical for synchronizing its spreading codes with other basestations to facilitate inter-cell handoff and support hybrid
GPScellular position detection for mobile emergency calls and other
applications The first handsets with integrated GPS launched in the late
1990s The US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) mandated thefeature in either the handset or in the towers (for use in
triangulation) in 2002 so emergency services could locate911 callers Third-party software developers later gained access to
GPS APIs from Nextel upon launch followed by Sprint in 2006 andVerizon soon thereafter
Disaster reliefemergency services Depend upon GPS for location and
timing capabilities
Geofencing Vehicle tracking systems person tracking systems and pet
tracking systems use GPS to locate a vehicle person or pet These
devices are attached to the vehicle person or the pet collar Theapplication provides continuous tracking and mobile or Internet
updates should the target leave a designated area[52]
Geotagging Applying location coordinates to digital objects such as
photographs and other documents for purposes such as creating map
overlays GPS Aircraft Tracking GPS tours Location determines what content to display for instance
information about an approaching point of interest
Map-making Both civilian and military cartographers use GPSextensively
Navigation Navigators value digitally precise velocity and orientationmeasurements
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 931
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1131
Network Switching Subsystem (NSS)
Network Switching Subsystem (NSS) - Contains the elementsMobile Services Switching Centre (MSC)
Home Location Register (HLR)
Visitor Location Register (VLR)
Authentication Centre (AC)
Equipment Identity Register (EIR)The Authentication Centre (AC) and Equipment Identity Register (EIR)
are used to provide security The subscriber and the mobile station
have to be identified and authorised before accessing the network
These functions will be discussed later
Function of NSS
Call control A mobile terminated call requires HLR
enquiry to locate the called subscriber Mobility Management
The HLR always knows in which MSCVLR area a
particular subscriber is located
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1231
An MSCVLR knows in which Location Area a subscriber
is located This is enabled by a Location Update of which
there are three types Power On Generic and Periodic
Mobility Management also helps in maintaining ongoingcalls for a moving subscriber by a procedure known as
Handover There are four types of Handovers Intra
Cell Inter Cell-Intra BSC Inter Cell - Inter BSC and
Inter MSC
Subscriber Data handling A subscriberrsquos data is located
in three places the HLR VLR and SIM card
Security Issues Subscriber verification is performed inthe VLR by an authentication process Speech encryption
is carried out between BTS and Mobile Station
Various types of numbers are used in the GSM network
for different functions The most important ones are
IMSI MSISDN MSRN LAI LAC CGI TMSI and
HON
Charging The MSC is responsible for collecting charging
information It is sent to the Billing Centre which
creates bills for the subscriber
Signalling towards Base Station Subsystem and other
networks
The services offered by the GSM network are classified
as MOBILE SWITCHING CENTER (MSC)
MSC performs the switching functions for all mobile stations located in
the geographic covered by its assigned BSSs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1331
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1431
Visitor Location Register (VLR)
mobile subscribers currently located in
the geographical area (ie cells) controlled by the VLR The VLR
allocates the MSRN(when required) a Temporary Mobile SubscriberIdentity (TMSI) for secret identification of mobile subscriber on the
radio link
In summary the VLR contains -(1) Identity of mobile subscriber
(2) Any temporary mobile subscriber identity
(3) ISDN directory number of mobile
(4) Location area where the mobile station is registered(5) Copy of subscriber data from HLR
Equipment Identity Register (EIR)
This database is accessed during the equipment validation procedurewhen a mobile accesses the system it contains the identities of mobile
station equipmentrsquos(called International Mobile Station Equipment
Identity or IMEI) which may be valid suspect or known to fraudulent
This contains
(1) Valid list-list of valid MS equipment identities(2) Suspect list-list of mobiles under observation
(3)Fraudulent list-list of mobiles for which service is barred
Authentication Centre (AUC)
The Authentication Center -
(1) Contains subscriber authentication data called authentication keys(Ki)
(2) Generates security related parameters needed to service using Ki(3)Generate unique data pattern called a cipher key (Kc) needed for
encrypting speech and dataThere are several interfaces in the GSM system which are as follows-
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1631
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1731
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1831
The VLR is the location and management data base for the mobile
subscribers roaming in the area controlled by the associated MSC(s)Whenever the MSC needs data related to a given mobile station
currently located in its area it interrogates the VLR When a mobilestation initiates a location updating procedure with an MSC the MSC
informs its VLR which stores the relevant information This procedure
occurs whenever an MS roams to another location area Also when a
subscriber activates a specific supplementary service or modifies some
data attached to a service the MSC informs (via the VLR) the HLRwhich stores these modifications and updates the VLR if required
C INTERFACE (HLR and the MSC)
The Gateway MSC must interrogate the HLR of the requiredsubscriber to obtain routing information for a call or a short message
directed to that subscriberD INTERFACE (HLR - VLR)
This interface is used to exchange the data related to the location ofthe mobile station and to the management of the subscriber The main
service provided to the mobile subscriber is the capability to set up orto receive calls within the whole service area To support this the
location registers have to exchange data The VLR informs the HLR ofthe location of a mobile station managed by the latter and provides it(either at location updating or at call set-up) with the roaming number
of that station The HLR sends to the VLR all the data needed tosupport the service to the mobile subscriber The HLR then instructs
the previous VLR to cancel the location registration of this subscriber
Exchanges of data may occur when the mobile subscriber requires aparticular service when he wants to change some data attached to his
subscription or when some parameters of the subscription are modifiedby administrative means
E INTERFACE (MSC ndash MSC)When a mobile station moves from one MSC area to another during a
call handover procedure has to be performed in order to continue the
communication For that purpose the MSCs have to exchange data to
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1931
initiate and then to realize the operation After the handover
operation has been completed the MSCs will exchange information totransfer A-interface signaling as necessary When a short message is
to be transferred between a Mobile Station and Short MessageService Centre (SC) in either direction this interface is used to
transfer the message between the MSC serving the Mobile Station and
the MSC which acts as the interface to the SC
F INTERFACE (MSC and EIR)
This interface is used between MSC and EIR to exchange data inorder that the EIR can verify the status of the IMEI retrieved from
the Mobile Station
G INTERFACE (VLR ndash VLR) When a mobile subscriber moves from a VLR area to another Location
Registration procedure will happen This procedure may include theretrieval of the IMSI and authentication parameters from the old VLRH INTERFACE (HLR - AuC)
When an HLR receives a request for authentication and ciphering data
for a Mobile Subscriber and it does not hold the requested data theHLR requests the data from the AuC The protocol used to transfer
the data over this interface is not standardisation
HANDOVER
Handover or handoff as it is called in North America is the switchingof an ongoing call to a different channel or cell There are four
different types of handover in the GSM system which involve
transferring a call betweenChannels (time slots) in the same cell
Cells (Base Transceiver Stations) under the control of the same BaseStation Controller (BSC)
Cells under the control of different BSCs but belonging to the sameMobile services Switching Center (MSC) and
Cells under the control of different MSCs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2131
102 Security
3G networks offer greater security than their 2G predecessors By
allowing the UE (User Equipment) to authenticate the network it is
attaching to the user can be sure the network is the intended one andnot an impersonator 3G networks use the KASUMI block crypto instead of
the older A51 stream cipher However a number of serious weaknesses in
the KASUMI cipher have been identified[19]
In addition to the 3G network infrastructure security end-to-end
security is offered when application frameworks such as IMS are
accessed although this is not strictly a 3G property
103 Applications of 3G
The bandwidth and location information available to 3G devices gives
rise to applications not previously available to mobile phone users Someof the applications are
Mobile TV
Video on demand Video conferencing Tele-medicine
Location-based services
11 Evolution
Both 3GPP and 3GPP2 are currently working on extensions to 3G standardthat are based on an all-IP network infrastructure and using advancedwireless technologies such as MIMO these specifications already
display features characteristic for IMT-Advanced (4G) the successor of3G However falling short of the bandwidth requirements for 4G
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2231
(which is 1 Gbits for stationary and 100 Mbits for mobile operation)
these standards are classified as 39G or Pre-4G
3GPP plans to meet the 4G goals with LTE Advanced whereas Qualcomm
has halted development of UMB in favour of the LTE family[5]
On 14 December 2009 Telia Sonera announced in an official press
release that We are very proud to be the first operator in the world
to offer our customers 4G services[20] With the launch of their LTEnetwork initially they are offering pre-4G (or beyond 3G ) services in
Stockholm Sweden and Oslo Nor
ABOUT 4GIn telecommunications 4G is the fourth generation of cellular wireless
standards It is a successor to the 3G and 2G families of standards In
2009 the ITU-R organization specified the IMT-Advanced
(International Mobile Telecommunications Advanced) requirements for4G standards setting peak speed requirements for 4G service at
100 Mbits for high mobility communication (such as from trains and
cars) and 1 Gbits for low mobility communication (such as pedestriansand stationary users)[1]
A 4G system is expected to provide a comprehensive and secure all-IP
based mobile broadband solution to laptop computer wireless modems smartphones and other mobile devices Facilities such as ultra-broadband
Internet access IP telephony gaming services and streamed multimedia
may be provided to users
Pre-4G technologies such as mobile WiMAX and first-release Long term
evolution (LTE) have been on the market since 2006[2] and 2009[3][4][5]
respectively and though often branded as 4G in marketing materials
the current versions of these technologies provide downstream peak
bitrates of 144 Mbits and 100 Mbits respectively and do consequently
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2331
not fulfill the original ITU-R requirements of data rates approximately
up to 1 Gbits for 4G systems
IMT -Advanced compliant versions of the above two standards are under
development and called ―LTE Advanced and ―WirelessMAN-Advancedrespectively ITU has decided that ―LTE Advanced and
―WirelessMAN-Advanced should be accorded the official designation
of IMT-Advanced On December 6 2010 ITU announced that current
versions of LTE WiMax and other evolved 3G technologies that do not
fulfill IMT-Advanced requirements could be considered 4G
provided they represent forerunners to IMT-Advanced and asubstantial level of improvement in performance and capabilities with
respect to the initial third generation systems now deployed[6]
In all suggestions for 4G the CDMA spread spectrum radio technology used
in 3G systems and IS-95 is abandoned and replaced by OFDMA and otherfrequency-domain equalization schemes[citation needed ] This is combined with MIMO
(Multiple In Multiple Out)
25G and 3G systems rely on double core network infrastructures traditional circuit-switchednetwork nodes (switching points) for telephony and packet-switched GPRS nodes for various
OVERVIEW OF GPRS TECHNOLOGY
111 Services offered
GPRS extends the GSM Packet circuit switched data capabilities and
makes the following services possible
SMS messaging and broadcasting
File manipulation functions
Active process block process Always on internet access
Multimedia messaging service (MMS)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2431
Push to talk over cellular (PoC)
Instant messaging and presencemdashwireless village Internet applications for smart devices through wireless application
protocol (WAP) Point-to-point (P2P) service inter-networking with the Internet (IP)
Point-to-Multipoint (P2M) service point-to-multipoint multicast and
point-to-multipoint group calls
If SMS over GPRS is used an SMS transmission speed of about 30
SMS messages per minute may be achieved This is much faster than
using the ordinary SMS over GSM whose SMS transmission speed isabout 6 to 10 SMS messages per minute
12 Usability
The maximum speed of a GPRS connection offered in
2003 was similar to a modem connection in an analog
wire telephone network about 32-40 kbits
depending on the phone used Latency is very highround-trip time (RTT) is typically about 600-700 ms
and often reaches 1 s GPRS is typically prioritized
lower than speech and thus the quality of connection
varies greatly
Devices with latencyRTT improvements (via for
example the extended UL TBF mode feature) are
generally available Also network upgrades offeatures are available with certain operators With
these enhancements the active round-trip time can
be reduced resulting in significant increase in
application-level throughput spe
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2631
the general system health and rough orbits of all GPS satellites (the
almanac)
The receiver uses the messages it receives to determine the transit
time of each message and computes the distance to each satelliteThese distances along with the satellites locations are used with the
possible aid of trilateration depending on which algorithm is used tocompute the position of the receiver This position is then displayed
perhaps with a moving map display or latitude and longitude elevation
information may be included Many GPS units show derived information
such as direction and speed calculated from position changes
Three satellites might seem enough to solve for position since spacehas three dimensions and a position near the Earths surface can beassumed However even a very small clock error multiplied by the very
large speed of light[31] mdash the speed at which satellite signals propagate mdash
results in a large positional error Therefore receivers use four or
more satellites to solve for the receivers location and time The very
accurately computed time is effectively hidden by most GPSapplications which use only the location A few specialized GPS
applications do however use the time these include time transfer trafficsignal timing and synchronization of cell phone base stations
Although four satellites are required for normal operation fewer applyin special cases If one variable is already known a receiver can
determine its position using only three satellites For example a ship oraircraft may have known elevation Some GPS receivers may use
additional clues or assumptions (such as reusing the last known altitude
dead reckoning inertial navigation or including information from the vehiclecomputer) to give a less accurate (degraded) position when fewer than
four satellites are visible
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2731
14 Applications
While originally a military project GPS is considered a dual-use
technology meaning it has significant military and civilian applicationsGPS has become a widely deployed and useful tool for commercescientific uses tracking and surveillance GPSs accurate time
facilitates everyday activities such as banking mobile phone
operations and even the control of power grids by allowing well
synchronized hand-off switching[38]
141 Civilian
See also GNSS applications and GPS navigation device
This antenna is mounted on the roof of a hut containing a scientific
experiment needing precise timing
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2831
Many civilian applications use one or more of GPSs three basic
components absolute location relative movement and time transfer
Clock synchronization The accuracy of GPS time signals (plusmn10 ns)[51] is
second only to the atomic clocks upon which they are based Cellular telephony Clock synchronization enables time transfer which
is critical for synchronizing its spreading codes with other basestations to facilitate inter-cell handoff and support hybrid
GPScellular position detection for mobile emergency calls and other
applications The first handsets with integrated GPS launched in the late
1990s The US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) mandated thefeature in either the handset or in the towers (for use in
triangulation) in 2002 so emergency services could locate911 callers Third-party software developers later gained access to
GPS APIs from Nextel upon launch followed by Sprint in 2006 andVerizon soon thereafter
Disaster reliefemergency services Depend upon GPS for location and
timing capabilities
Geofencing Vehicle tracking systems person tracking systems and pet
tracking systems use GPS to locate a vehicle person or pet These
devices are attached to the vehicle person or the pet collar Theapplication provides continuous tracking and mobile or Internet
updates should the target leave a designated area[52]
Geotagging Applying location coordinates to digital objects such as
photographs and other documents for purposes such as creating map
overlays GPS Aircraft Tracking GPS tours Location determines what content to display for instance
information about an approaching point of interest
Map-making Both civilian and military cartographers use GPSextensively
Navigation Navigators value digitally precise velocity and orientationmeasurements
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1131
Network Switching Subsystem (NSS)
Network Switching Subsystem (NSS) - Contains the elementsMobile Services Switching Centre (MSC)
Home Location Register (HLR)
Visitor Location Register (VLR)
Authentication Centre (AC)
Equipment Identity Register (EIR)The Authentication Centre (AC) and Equipment Identity Register (EIR)
are used to provide security The subscriber and the mobile station
have to be identified and authorised before accessing the network
These functions will be discussed later
Function of NSS
Call control A mobile terminated call requires HLR
enquiry to locate the called subscriber Mobility Management
The HLR always knows in which MSCVLR area a
particular subscriber is located
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1231
An MSCVLR knows in which Location Area a subscriber
is located This is enabled by a Location Update of which
there are three types Power On Generic and Periodic
Mobility Management also helps in maintaining ongoingcalls for a moving subscriber by a procedure known as
Handover There are four types of Handovers Intra
Cell Inter Cell-Intra BSC Inter Cell - Inter BSC and
Inter MSC
Subscriber Data handling A subscriberrsquos data is located
in three places the HLR VLR and SIM card
Security Issues Subscriber verification is performed inthe VLR by an authentication process Speech encryption
is carried out between BTS and Mobile Station
Various types of numbers are used in the GSM network
for different functions The most important ones are
IMSI MSISDN MSRN LAI LAC CGI TMSI and
HON
Charging The MSC is responsible for collecting charging
information It is sent to the Billing Centre which
creates bills for the subscriber
Signalling towards Base Station Subsystem and other
networks
The services offered by the GSM network are classified
as MOBILE SWITCHING CENTER (MSC)
MSC performs the switching functions for all mobile stations located in
the geographic covered by its assigned BSSs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1331
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1431
Visitor Location Register (VLR)
mobile subscribers currently located in
the geographical area (ie cells) controlled by the VLR The VLR
allocates the MSRN(when required) a Temporary Mobile SubscriberIdentity (TMSI) for secret identification of mobile subscriber on the
radio link
In summary the VLR contains -(1) Identity of mobile subscriber
(2) Any temporary mobile subscriber identity
(3) ISDN directory number of mobile
(4) Location area where the mobile station is registered(5) Copy of subscriber data from HLR
Equipment Identity Register (EIR)
This database is accessed during the equipment validation procedurewhen a mobile accesses the system it contains the identities of mobile
station equipmentrsquos(called International Mobile Station Equipment
Identity or IMEI) which may be valid suspect or known to fraudulent
This contains
(1) Valid list-list of valid MS equipment identities(2) Suspect list-list of mobiles under observation
(3)Fraudulent list-list of mobiles for which service is barred
Authentication Centre (AUC)
The Authentication Center -
(1) Contains subscriber authentication data called authentication keys(Ki)
(2) Generates security related parameters needed to service using Ki(3)Generate unique data pattern called a cipher key (Kc) needed for
encrypting speech and dataThere are several interfaces in the GSM system which are as follows-
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1631
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1731
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1831
The VLR is the location and management data base for the mobile
subscribers roaming in the area controlled by the associated MSC(s)Whenever the MSC needs data related to a given mobile station
currently located in its area it interrogates the VLR When a mobilestation initiates a location updating procedure with an MSC the MSC
informs its VLR which stores the relevant information This procedure
occurs whenever an MS roams to another location area Also when a
subscriber activates a specific supplementary service or modifies some
data attached to a service the MSC informs (via the VLR) the HLRwhich stores these modifications and updates the VLR if required
C INTERFACE (HLR and the MSC)
The Gateway MSC must interrogate the HLR of the requiredsubscriber to obtain routing information for a call or a short message
directed to that subscriberD INTERFACE (HLR - VLR)
This interface is used to exchange the data related to the location ofthe mobile station and to the management of the subscriber The main
service provided to the mobile subscriber is the capability to set up orto receive calls within the whole service area To support this the
location registers have to exchange data The VLR informs the HLR ofthe location of a mobile station managed by the latter and provides it(either at location updating or at call set-up) with the roaming number
of that station The HLR sends to the VLR all the data needed tosupport the service to the mobile subscriber The HLR then instructs
the previous VLR to cancel the location registration of this subscriber
Exchanges of data may occur when the mobile subscriber requires aparticular service when he wants to change some data attached to his
subscription or when some parameters of the subscription are modifiedby administrative means
E INTERFACE (MSC ndash MSC)When a mobile station moves from one MSC area to another during a
call handover procedure has to be performed in order to continue the
communication For that purpose the MSCs have to exchange data to
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1931
initiate and then to realize the operation After the handover
operation has been completed the MSCs will exchange information totransfer A-interface signaling as necessary When a short message is
to be transferred between a Mobile Station and Short MessageService Centre (SC) in either direction this interface is used to
transfer the message between the MSC serving the Mobile Station and
the MSC which acts as the interface to the SC
F INTERFACE (MSC and EIR)
This interface is used between MSC and EIR to exchange data inorder that the EIR can verify the status of the IMEI retrieved from
the Mobile Station
G INTERFACE (VLR ndash VLR) When a mobile subscriber moves from a VLR area to another Location
Registration procedure will happen This procedure may include theretrieval of the IMSI and authentication parameters from the old VLRH INTERFACE (HLR - AuC)
When an HLR receives a request for authentication and ciphering data
for a Mobile Subscriber and it does not hold the requested data theHLR requests the data from the AuC The protocol used to transfer
the data over this interface is not standardisation
HANDOVER
Handover or handoff as it is called in North America is the switchingof an ongoing call to a different channel or cell There are four
different types of handover in the GSM system which involve
transferring a call betweenChannels (time slots) in the same cell
Cells (Base Transceiver Stations) under the control of the same BaseStation Controller (BSC)
Cells under the control of different BSCs but belonging to the sameMobile services Switching Center (MSC) and
Cells under the control of different MSCs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2131
102 Security
3G networks offer greater security than their 2G predecessors By
allowing the UE (User Equipment) to authenticate the network it is
attaching to the user can be sure the network is the intended one andnot an impersonator 3G networks use the KASUMI block crypto instead of
the older A51 stream cipher However a number of serious weaknesses in
the KASUMI cipher have been identified[19]
In addition to the 3G network infrastructure security end-to-end
security is offered when application frameworks such as IMS are
accessed although this is not strictly a 3G property
103 Applications of 3G
The bandwidth and location information available to 3G devices gives
rise to applications not previously available to mobile phone users Someof the applications are
Mobile TV
Video on demand Video conferencing Tele-medicine
Location-based services
11 Evolution
Both 3GPP and 3GPP2 are currently working on extensions to 3G standardthat are based on an all-IP network infrastructure and using advancedwireless technologies such as MIMO these specifications already
display features characteristic for IMT-Advanced (4G) the successor of3G However falling short of the bandwidth requirements for 4G
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2231
(which is 1 Gbits for stationary and 100 Mbits for mobile operation)
these standards are classified as 39G or Pre-4G
3GPP plans to meet the 4G goals with LTE Advanced whereas Qualcomm
has halted development of UMB in favour of the LTE family[5]
On 14 December 2009 Telia Sonera announced in an official press
release that We are very proud to be the first operator in the world
to offer our customers 4G services[20] With the launch of their LTEnetwork initially they are offering pre-4G (or beyond 3G ) services in
Stockholm Sweden and Oslo Nor
ABOUT 4GIn telecommunications 4G is the fourth generation of cellular wireless
standards It is a successor to the 3G and 2G families of standards In
2009 the ITU-R organization specified the IMT-Advanced
(International Mobile Telecommunications Advanced) requirements for4G standards setting peak speed requirements for 4G service at
100 Mbits for high mobility communication (such as from trains and
cars) and 1 Gbits for low mobility communication (such as pedestriansand stationary users)[1]
A 4G system is expected to provide a comprehensive and secure all-IP
based mobile broadband solution to laptop computer wireless modems smartphones and other mobile devices Facilities such as ultra-broadband
Internet access IP telephony gaming services and streamed multimedia
may be provided to users
Pre-4G technologies such as mobile WiMAX and first-release Long term
evolution (LTE) have been on the market since 2006[2] and 2009[3][4][5]
respectively and though often branded as 4G in marketing materials
the current versions of these technologies provide downstream peak
bitrates of 144 Mbits and 100 Mbits respectively and do consequently
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2331
not fulfill the original ITU-R requirements of data rates approximately
up to 1 Gbits for 4G systems
IMT -Advanced compliant versions of the above two standards are under
development and called ―LTE Advanced and ―WirelessMAN-Advancedrespectively ITU has decided that ―LTE Advanced and
―WirelessMAN-Advanced should be accorded the official designation
of IMT-Advanced On December 6 2010 ITU announced that current
versions of LTE WiMax and other evolved 3G technologies that do not
fulfill IMT-Advanced requirements could be considered 4G
provided they represent forerunners to IMT-Advanced and asubstantial level of improvement in performance and capabilities with
respect to the initial third generation systems now deployed[6]
In all suggestions for 4G the CDMA spread spectrum radio technology used
in 3G systems and IS-95 is abandoned and replaced by OFDMA and otherfrequency-domain equalization schemes[citation needed ] This is combined with MIMO
(Multiple In Multiple Out)
25G and 3G systems rely on double core network infrastructures traditional circuit-switchednetwork nodes (switching points) for telephony and packet-switched GPRS nodes for various
OVERVIEW OF GPRS TECHNOLOGY
111 Services offered
GPRS extends the GSM Packet circuit switched data capabilities and
makes the following services possible
SMS messaging and broadcasting
File manipulation functions
Active process block process Always on internet access
Multimedia messaging service (MMS)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2431
Push to talk over cellular (PoC)
Instant messaging and presencemdashwireless village Internet applications for smart devices through wireless application
protocol (WAP) Point-to-point (P2P) service inter-networking with the Internet (IP)
Point-to-Multipoint (P2M) service point-to-multipoint multicast and
point-to-multipoint group calls
If SMS over GPRS is used an SMS transmission speed of about 30
SMS messages per minute may be achieved This is much faster than
using the ordinary SMS over GSM whose SMS transmission speed isabout 6 to 10 SMS messages per minute
12 Usability
The maximum speed of a GPRS connection offered in
2003 was similar to a modem connection in an analog
wire telephone network about 32-40 kbits
depending on the phone used Latency is very highround-trip time (RTT) is typically about 600-700 ms
and often reaches 1 s GPRS is typically prioritized
lower than speech and thus the quality of connection
varies greatly
Devices with latencyRTT improvements (via for
example the extended UL TBF mode feature) are
generally available Also network upgrades offeatures are available with certain operators With
these enhancements the active round-trip time can
be reduced resulting in significant increase in
application-level throughput spe
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2631
the general system health and rough orbits of all GPS satellites (the
almanac)
The receiver uses the messages it receives to determine the transit
time of each message and computes the distance to each satelliteThese distances along with the satellites locations are used with the
possible aid of trilateration depending on which algorithm is used tocompute the position of the receiver This position is then displayed
perhaps with a moving map display or latitude and longitude elevation
information may be included Many GPS units show derived information
such as direction and speed calculated from position changes
Three satellites might seem enough to solve for position since spacehas three dimensions and a position near the Earths surface can beassumed However even a very small clock error multiplied by the very
large speed of light[31] mdash the speed at which satellite signals propagate mdash
results in a large positional error Therefore receivers use four or
more satellites to solve for the receivers location and time The very
accurately computed time is effectively hidden by most GPSapplications which use only the location A few specialized GPS
applications do however use the time these include time transfer trafficsignal timing and synchronization of cell phone base stations
Although four satellites are required for normal operation fewer applyin special cases If one variable is already known a receiver can
determine its position using only three satellites For example a ship oraircraft may have known elevation Some GPS receivers may use
additional clues or assumptions (such as reusing the last known altitude
dead reckoning inertial navigation or including information from the vehiclecomputer) to give a less accurate (degraded) position when fewer than
four satellites are visible
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2731
14 Applications
While originally a military project GPS is considered a dual-use
technology meaning it has significant military and civilian applicationsGPS has become a widely deployed and useful tool for commercescientific uses tracking and surveillance GPSs accurate time
facilitates everyday activities such as banking mobile phone
operations and even the control of power grids by allowing well
synchronized hand-off switching[38]
141 Civilian
See also GNSS applications and GPS navigation device
This antenna is mounted on the roof of a hut containing a scientific
experiment needing precise timing
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2831
Many civilian applications use one or more of GPSs three basic
components absolute location relative movement and time transfer
Clock synchronization The accuracy of GPS time signals (plusmn10 ns)[51] is
second only to the atomic clocks upon which they are based Cellular telephony Clock synchronization enables time transfer which
is critical for synchronizing its spreading codes with other basestations to facilitate inter-cell handoff and support hybrid
GPScellular position detection for mobile emergency calls and other
applications The first handsets with integrated GPS launched in the late
1990s The US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) mandated thefeature in either the handset or in the towers (for use in
triangulation) in 2002 so emergency services could locate911 callers Third-party software developers later gained access to
GPS APIs from Nextel upon launch followed by Sprint in 2006 andVerizon soon thereafter
Disaster reliefemergency services Depend upon GPS for location and
timing capabilities
Geofencing Vehicle tracking systems person tracking systems and pet
tracking systems use GPS to locate a vehicle person or pet These
devices are attached to the vehicle person or the pet collar Theapplication provides continuous tracking and mobile or Internet
updates should the target leave a designated area[52]
Geotagging Applying location coordinates to digital objects such as
photographs and other documents for purposes such as creating map
overlays GPS Aircraft Tracking GPS tours Location determines what content to display for instance
information about an approaching point of interest
Map-making Both civilian and military cartographers use GPSextensively
Navigation Navigators value digitally precise velocity and orientationmeasurements
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1131
Network Switching Subsystem (NSS)
Network Switching Subsystem (NSS) - Contains the elementsMobile Services Switching Centre (MSC)
Home Location Register (HLR)
Visitor Location Register (VLR)
Authentication Centre (AC)
Equipment Identity Register (EIR)The Authentication Centre (AC) and Equipment Identity Register (EIR)
are used to provide security The subscriber and the mobile station
have to be identified and authorised before accessing the network
These functions will be discussed later
Function of NSS
Call control A mobile terminated call requires HLR
enquiry to locate the called subscriber Mobility Management
The HLR always knows in which MSCVLR area a
particular subscriber is located
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1231
An MSCVLR knows in which Location Area a subscriber
is located This is enabled by a Location Update of which
there are three types Power On Generic and Periodic
Mobility Management also helps in maintaining ongoingcalls for a moving subscriber by a procedure known as
Handover There are four types of Handovers Intra
Cell Inter Cell-Intra BSC Inter Cell - Inter BSC and
Inter MSC
Subscriber Data handling A subscriberrsquos data is located
in three places the HLR VLR and SIM card
Security Issues Subscriber verification is performed inthe VLR by an authentication process Speech encryption
is carried out between BTS and Mobile Station
Various types of numbers are used in the GSM network
for different functions The most important ones are
IMSI MSISDN MSRN LAI LAC CGI TMSI and
HON
Charging The MSC is responsible for collecting charging
information It is sent to the Billing Centre which
creates bills for the subscriber
Signalling towards Base Station Subsystem and other
networks
The services offered by the GSM network are classified
as MOBILE SWITCHING CENTER (MSC)
MSC performs the switching functions for all mobile stations located in
the geographic covered by its assigned BSSs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1331
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1431
Visitor Location Register (VLR)
mobile subscribers currently located in
the geographical area (ie cells) controlled by the VLR The VLR
allocates the MSRN(when required) a Temporary Mobile SubscriberIdentity (TMSI) for secret identification of mobile subscriber on the
radio link
In summary the VLR contains -(1) Identity of mobile subscriber
(2) Any temporary mobile subscriber identity
(3) ISDN directory number of mobile
(4) Location area where the mobile station is registered(5) Copy of subscriber data from HLR
Equipment Identity Register (EIR)
This database is accessed during the equipment validation procedurewhen a mobile accesses the system it contains the identities of mobile
station equipmentrsquos(called International Mobile Station Equipment
Identity or IMEI) which may be valid suspect or known to fraudulent
This contains
(1) Valid list-list of valid MS equipment identities(2) Suspect list-list of mobiles under observation
(3)Fraudulent list-list of mobiles for which service is barred
Authentication Centre (AUC)
The Authentication Center -
(1) Contains subscriber authentication data called authentication keys(Ki)
(2) Generates security related parameters needed to service using Ki(3)Generate unique data pattern called a cipher key (Kc) needed for
encrypting speech and dataThere are several interfaces in the GSM system which are as follows-
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1631
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1731
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1831
The VLR is the location and management data base for the mobile
subscribers roaming in the area controlled by the associated MSC(s)Whenever the MSC needs data related to a given mobile station
currently located in its area it interrogates the VLR When a mobilestation initiates a location updating procedure with an MSC the MSC
informs its VLR which stores the relevant information This procedure
occurs whenever an MS roams to another location area Also when a
subscriber activates a specific supplementary service or modifies some
data attached to a service the MSC informs (via the VLR) the HLRwhich stores these modifications and updates the VLR if required
C INTERFACE (HLR and the MSC)
The Gateway MSC must interrogate the HLR of the requiredsubscriber to obtain routing information for a call or a short message
directed to that subscriberD INTERFACE (HLR - VLR)
This interface is used to exchange the data related to the location ofthe mobile station and to the management of the subscriber The main
service provided to the mobile subscriber is the capability to set up orto receive calls within the whole service area To support this the
location registers have to exchange data The VLR informs the HLR ofthe location of a mobile station managed by the latter and provides it(either at location updating or at call set-up) with the roaming number
of that station The HLR sends to the VLR all the data needed tosupport the service to the mobile subscriber The HLR then instructs
the previous VLR to cancel the location registration of this subscriber
Exchanges of data may occur when the mobile subscriber requires aparticular service when he wants to change some data attached to his
subscription or when some parameters of the subscription are modifiedby administrative means
E INTERFACE (MSC ndash MSC)When a mobile station moves from one MSC area to another during a
call handover procedure has to be performed in order to continue the
communication For that purpose the MSCs have to exchange data to
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1931
initiate and then to realize the operation After the handover
operation has been completed the MSCs will exchange information totransfer A-interface signaling as necessary When a short message is
to be transferred between a Mobile Station and Short MessageService Centre (SC) in either direction this interface is used to
transfer the message between the MSC serving the Mobile Station and
the MSC which acts as the interface to the SC
F INTERFACE (MSC and EIR)
This interface is used between MSC and EIR to exchange data inorder that the EIR can verify the status of the IMEI retrieved from
the Mobile Station
G INTERFACE (VLR ndash VLR) When a mobile subscriber moves from a VLR area to another Location
Registration procedure will happen This procedure may include theretrieval of the IMSI and authentication parameters from the old VLRH INTERFACE (HLR - AuC)
When an HLR receives a request for authentication and ciphering data
for a Mobile Subscriber and it does not hold the requested data theHLR requests the data from the AuC The protocol used to transfer
the data over this interface is not standardisation
HANDOVER
Handover or handoff as it is called in North America is the switchingof an ongoing call to a different channel or cell There are four
different types of handover in the GSM system which involve
transferring a call betweenChannels (time slots) in the same cell
Cells (Base Transceiver Stations) under the control of the same BaseStation Controller (BSC)
Cells under the control of different BSCs but belonging to the sameMobile services Switching Center (MSC) and
Cells under the control of different MSCs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2131
102 Security
3G networks offer greater security than their 2G predecessors By
allowing the UE (User Equipment) to authenticate the network it is
attaching to the user can be sure the network is the intended one andnot an impersonator 3G networks use the KASUMI block crypto instead of
the older A51 stream cipher However a number of serious weaknesses in
the KASUMI cipher have been identified[19]
In addition to the 3G network infrastructure security end-to-end
security is offered when application frameworks such as IMS are
accessed although this is not strictly a 3G property
103 Applications of 3G
The bandwidth and location information available to 3G devices gives
rise to applications not previously available to mobile phone users Someof the applications are
Mobile TV
Video on demand Video conferencing Tele-medicine
Location-based services
11 Evolution
Both 3GPP and 3GPP2 are currently working on extensions to 3G standardthat are based on an all-IP network infrastructure and using advancedwireless technologies such as MIMO these specifications already
display features characteristic for IMT-Advanced (4G) the successor of3G However falling short of the bandwidth requirements for 4G
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2231
(which is 1 Gbits for stationary and 100 Mbits for mobile operation)
these standards are classified as 39G or Pre-4G
3GPP plans to meet the 4G goals with LTE Advanced whereas Qualcomm
has halted development of UMB in favour of the LTE family[5]
On 14 December 2009 Telia Sonera announced in an official press
release that We are very proud to be the first operator in the world
to offer our customers 4G services[20] With the launch of their LTEnetwork initially they are offering pre-4G (or beyond 3G ) services in
Stockholm Sweden and Oslo Nor
ABOUT 4GIn telecommunications 4G is the fourth generation of cellular wireless
standards It is a successor to the 3G and 2G families of standards In
2009 the ITU-R organization specified the IMT-Advanced
(International Mobile Telecommunications Advanced) requirements for4G standards setting peak speed requirements for 4G service at
100 Mbits for high mobility communication (such as from trains and
cars) and 1 Gbits for low mobility communication (such as pedestriansand stationary users)[1]
A 4G system is expected to provide a comprehensive and secure all-IP
based mobile broadband solution to laptop computer wireless modems smartphones and other mobile devices Facilities such as ultra-broadband
Internet access IP telephony gaming services and streamed multimedia
may be provided to users
Pre-4G technologies such as mobile WiMAX and first-release Long term
evolution (LTE) have been on the market since 2006[2] and 2009[3][4][5]
respectively and though often branded as 4G in marketing materials
the current versions of these technologies provide downstream peak
bitrates of 144 Mbits and 100 Mbits respectively and do consequently
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2331
not fulfill the original ITU-R requirements of data rates approximately
up to 1 Gbits for 4G systems
IMT -Advanced compliant versions of the above two standards are under
development and called ―LTE Advanced and ―WirelessMAN-Advancedrespectively ITU has decided that ―LTE Advanced and
―WirelessMAN-Advanced should be accorded the official designation
of IMT-Advanced On December 6 2010 ITU announced that current
versions of LTE WiMax and other evolved 3G technologies that do not
fulfill IMT-Advanced requirements could be considered 4G
provided they represent forerunners to IMT-Advanced and asubstantial level of improvement in performance and capabilities with
respect to the initial third generation systems now deployed[6]
In all suggestions for 4G the CDMA spread spectrum radio technology used
in 3G systems and IS-95 is abandoned and replaced by OFDMA and otherfrequency-domain equalization schemes[citation needed ] This is combined with MIMO
(Multiple In Multiple Out)
25G and 3G systems rely on double core network infrastructures traditional circuit-switchednetwork nodes (switching points) for telephony and packet-switched GPRS nodes for various
OVERVIEW OF GPRS TECHNOLOGY
111 Services offered
GPRS extends the GSM Packet circuit switched data capabilities and
makes the following services possible
SMS messaging and broadcasting
File manipulation functions
Active process block process Always on internet access
Multimedia messaging service (MMS)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2431
Push to talk over cellular (PoC)
Instant messaging and presencemdashwireless village Internet applications for smart devices through wireless application
protocol (WAP) Point-to-point (P2P) service inter-networking with the Internet (IP)
Point-to-Multipoint (P2M) service point-to-multipoint multicast and
point-to-multipoint group calls
If SMS over GPRS is used an SMS transmission speed of about 30
SMS messages per minute may be achieved This is much faster than
using the ordinary SMS over GSM whose SMS transmission speed isabout 6 to 10 SMS messages per minute
12 Usability
The maximum speed of a GPRS connection offered in
2003 was similar to a modem connection in an analog
wire telephone network about 32-40 kbits
depending on the phone used Latency is very highround-trip time (RTT) is typically about 600-700 ms
and often reaches 1 s GPRS is typically prioritized
lower than speech and thus the quality of connection
varies greatly
Devices with latencyRTT improvements (via for
example the extended UL TBF mode feature) are
generally available Also network upgrades offeatures are available with certain operators With
these enhancements the active round-trip time can
be reduced resulting in significant increase in
application-level throughput spe
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2631
the general system health and rough orbits of all GPS satellites (the
almanac)
The receiver uses the messages it receives to determine the transit
time of each message and computes the distance to each satelliteThese distances along with the satellites locations are used with the
possible aid of trilateration depending on which algorithm is used tocompute the position of the receiver This position is then displayed
perhaps with a moving map display or latitude and longitude elevation
information may be included Many GPS units show derived information
such as direction and speed calculated from position changes
Three satellites might seem enough to solve for position since spacehas three dimensions and a position near the Earths surface can beassumed However even a very small clock error multiplied by the very
large speed of light[31] mdash the speed at which satellite signals propagate mdash
results in a large positional error Therefore receivers use four or
more satellites to solve for the receivers location and time The very
accurately computed time is effectively hidden by most GPSapplications which use only the location A few specialized GPS
applications do however use the time these include time transfer trafficsignal timing and synchronization of cell phone base stations
Although four satellites are required for normal operation fewer applyin special cases If one variable is already known a receiver can
determine its position using only three satellites For example a ship oraircraft may have known elevation Some GPS receivers may use
additional clues or assumptions (such as reusing the last known altitude
dead reckoning inertial navigation or including information from the vehiclecomputer) to give a less accurate (degraded) position when fewer than
four satellites are visible
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2731
14 Applications
While originally a military project GPS is considered a dual-use
technology meaning it has significant military and civilian applicationsGPS has become a widely deployed and useful tool for commercescientific uses tracking and surveillance GPSs accurate time
facilitates everyday activities such as banking mobile phone
operations and even the control of power grids by allowing well
synchronized hand-off switching[38]
141 Civilian
See also GNSS applications and GPS navigation device
This antenna is mounted on the roof of a hut containing a scientific
experiment needing precise timing
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2831
Many civilian applications use one or more of GPSs three basic
components absolute location relative movement and time transfer
Clock synchronization The accuracy of GPS time signals (plusmn10 ns)[51] is
second only to the atomic clocks upon which they are based Cellular telephony Clock synchronization enables time transfer which
is critical for synchronizing its spreading codes with other basestations to facilitate inter-cell handoff and support hybrid
GPScellular position detection for mobile emergency calls and other
applications The first handsets with integrated GPS launched in the late
1990s The US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) mandated thefeature in either the handset or in the towers (for use in
triangulation) in 2002 so emergency services could locate911 callers Third-party software developers later gained access to
GPS APIs from Nextel upon launch followed by Sprint in 2006 andVerizon soon thereafter
Disaster reliefemergency services Depend upon GPS for location and
timing capabilities
Geofencing Vehicle tracking systems person tracking systems and pet
tracking systems use GPS to locate a vehicle person or pet These
devices are attached to the vehicle person or the pet collar Theapplication provides continuous tracking and mobile or Internet
updates should the target leave a designated area[52]
Geotagging Applying location coordinates to digital objects such as
photographs and other documents for purposes such as creating map
overlays GPS Aircraft Tracking GPS tours Location determines what content to display for instance
information about an approaching point of interest
Map-making Both civilian and military cartographers use GPSextensively
Navigation Navigators value digitally precise velocity and orientationmeasurements
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1231
An MSCVLR knows in which Location Area a subscriber
is located This is enabled by a Location Update of which
there are three types Power On Generic and Periodic
Mobility Management also helps in maintaining ongoingcalls for a moving subscriber by a procedure known as
Handover There are four types of Handovers Intra
Cell Inter Cell-Intra BSC Inter Cell - Inter BSC and
Inter MSC
Subscriber Data handling A subscriberrsquos data is located
in three places the HLR VLR and SIM card
Security Issues Subscriber verification is performed inthe VLR by an authentication process Speech encryption
is carried out between BTS and Mobile Station
Various types of numbers are used in the GSM network
for different functions The most important ones are
IMSI MSISDN MSRN LAI LAC CGI TMSI and
HON
Charging The MSC is responsible for collecting charging
information It is sent to the Billing Centre which
creates bills for the subscriber
Signalling towards Base Station Subsystem and other
networks
The services offered by the GSM network are classified
as MOBILE SWITCHING CENTER (MSC)
MSC performs the switching functions for all mobile stations located in
the geographic covered by its assigned BSSs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1331
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1431
Visitor Location Register (VLR)
mobile subscribers currently located in
the geographical area (ie cells) controlled by the VLR The VLR
allocates the MSRN(when required) a Temporary Mobile SubscriberIdentity (TMSI) for secret identification of mobile subscriber on the
radio link
In summary the VLR contains -(1) Identity of mobile subscriber
(2) Any temporary mobile subscriber identity
(3) ISDN directory number of mobile
(4) Location area where the mobile station is registered(5) Copy of subscriber data from HLR
Equipment Identity Register (EIR)
This database is accessed during the equipment validation procedurewhen a mobile accesses the system it contains the identities of mobile
station equipmentrsquos(called International Mobile Station Equipment
Identity or IMEI) which may be valid suspect or known to fraudulent
This contains
(1) Valid list-list of valid MS equipment identities(2) Suspect list-list of mobiles under observation
(3)Fraudulent list-list of mobiles for which service is barred
Authentication Centre (AUC)
The Authentication Center -
(1) Contains subscriber authentication data called authentication keys(Ki)
(2) Generates security related parameters needed to service using Ki(3)Generate unique data pattern called a cipher key (Kc) needed for
encrypting speech and dataThere are several interfaces in the GSM system which are as follows-
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1631
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1731
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1831
The VLR is the location and management data base for the mobile
subscribers roaming in the area controlled by the associated MSC(s)Whenever the MSC needs data related to a given mobile station
currently located in its area it interrogates the VLR When a mobilestation initiates a location updating procedure with an MSC the MSC
informs its VLR which stores the relevant information This procedure
occurs whenever an MS roams to another location area Also when a
subscriber activates a specific supplementary service or modifies some
data attached to a service the MSC informs (via the VLR) the HLRwhich stores these modifications and updates the VLR if required
C INTERFACE (HLR and the MSC)
The Gateway MSC must interrogate the HLR of the requiredsubscriber to obtain routing information for a call or a short message
directed to that subscriberD INTERFACE (HLR - VLR)
This interface is used to exchange the data related to the location ofthe mobile station and to the management of the subscriber The main
service provided to the mobile subscriber is the capability to set up orto receive calls within the whole service area To support this the
location registers have to exchange data The VLR informs the HLR ofthe location of a mobile station managed by the latter and provides it(either at location updating or at call set-up) with the roaming number
of that station The HLR sends to the VLR all the data needed tosupport the service to the mobile subscriber The HLR then instructs
the previous VLR to cancel the location registration of this subscriber
Exchanges of data may occur when the mobile subscriber requires aparticular service when he wants to change some data attached to his
subscription or when some parameters of the subscription are modifiedby administrative means
E INTERFACE (MSC ndash MSC)When a mobile station moves from one MSC area to another during a
call handover procedure has to be performed in order to continue the
communication For that purpose the MSCs have to exchange data to
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1931
initiate and then to realize the operation After the handover
operation has been completed the MSCs will exchange information totransfer A-interface signaling as necessary When a short message is
to be transferred between a Mobile Station and Short MessageService Centre (SC) in either direction this interface is used to
transfer the message between the MSC serving the Mobile Station and
the MSC which acts as the interface to the SC
F INTERFACE (MSC and EIR)
This interface is used between MSC and EIR to exchange data inorder that the EIR can verify the status of the IMEI retrieved from
the Mobile Station
G INTERFACE (VLR ndash VLR) When a mobile subscriber moves from a VLR area to another Location
Registration procedure will happen This procedure may include theretrieval of the IMSI and authentication parameters from the old VLRH INTERFACE (HLR - AuC)
When an HLR receives a request for authentication and ciphering data
for a Mobile Subscriber and it does not hold the requested data theHLR requests the data from the AuC The protocol used to transfer
the data over this interface is not standardisation
HANDOVER
Handover or handoff as it is called in North America is the switchingof an ongoing call to a different channel or cell There are four
different types of handover in the GSM system which involve
transferring a call betweenChannels (time slots) in the same cell
Cells (Base Transceiver Stations) under the control of the same BaseStation Controller (BSC)
Cells under the control of different BSCs but belonging to the sameMobile services Switching Center (MSC) and
Cells under the control of different MSCs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2131
102 Security
3G networks offer greater security than their 2G predecessors By
allowing the UE (User Equipment) to authenticate the network it is
attaching to the user can be sure the network is the intended one andnot an impersonator 3G networks use the KASUMI block crypto instead of
the older A51 stream cipher However a number of serious weaknesses in
the KASUMI cipher have been identified[19]
In addition to the 3G network infrastructure security end-to-end
security is offered when application frameworks such as IMS are
accessed although this is not strictly a 3G property
103 Applications of 3G
The bandwidth and location information available to 3G devices gives
rise to applications not previously available to mobile phone users Someof the applications are
Mobile TV
Video on demand Video conferencing Tele-medicine
Location-based services
11 Evolution
Both 3GPP and 3GPP2 are currently working on extensions to 3G standardthat are based on an all-IP network infrastructure and using advancedwireless technologies such as MIMO these specifications already
display features characteristic for IMT-Advanced (4G) the successor of3G However falling short of the bandwidth requirements for 4G
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2231
(which is 1 Gbits for stationary and 100 Mbits for mobile operation)
these standards are classified as 39G or Pre-4G
3GPP plans to meet the 4G goals with LTE Advanced whereas Qualcomm
has halted development of UMB in favour of the LTE family[5]
On 14 December 2009 Telia Sonera announced in an official press
release that We are very proud to be the first operator in the world
to offer our customers 4G services[20] With the launch of their LTEnetwork initially they are offering pre-4G (or beyond 3G ) services in
Stockholm Sweden and Oslo Nor
ABOUT 4GIn telecommunications 4G is the fourth generation of cellular wireless
standards It is a successor to the 3G and 2G families of standards In
2009 the ITU-R organization specified the IMT-Advanced
(International Mobile Telecommunications Advanced) requirements for4G standards setting peak speed requirements for 4G service at
100 Mbits for high mobility communication (such as from trains and
cars) and 1 Gbits for low mobility communication (such as pedestriansand stationary users)[1]
A 4G system is expected to provide a comprehensive and secure all-IP
based mobile broadband solution to laptop computer wireless modems smartphones and other mobile devices Facilities such as ultra-broadband
Internet access IP telephony gaming services and streamed multimedia
may be provided to users
Pre-4G technologies such as mobile WiMAX and first-release Long term
evolution (LTE) have been on the market since 2006[2] and 2009[3][4][5]
respectively and though often branded as 4G in marketing materials
the current versions of these technologies provide downstream peak
bitrates of 144 Mbits and 100 Mbits respectively and do consequently
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2331
not fulfill the original ITU-R requirements of data rates approximately
up to 1 Gbits for 4G systems
IMT -Advanced compliant versions of the above two standards are under
development and called ―LTE Advanced and ―WirelessMAN-Advancedrespectively ITU has decided that ―LTE Advanced and
―WirelessMAN-Advanced should be accorded the official designation
of IMT-Advanced On December 6 2010 ITU announced that current
versions of LTE WiMax and other evolved 3G technologies that do not
fulfill IMT-Advanced requirements could be considered 4G
provided they represent forerunners to IMT-Advanced and asubstantial level of improvement in performance and capabilities with
respect to the initial third generation systems now deployed[6]
In all suggestions for 4G the CDMA spread spectrum radio technology used
in 3G systems and IS-95 is abandoned and replaced by OFDMA and otherfrequency-domain equalization schemes[citation needed ] This is combined with MIMO
(Multiple In Multiple Out)
25G and 3G systems rely on double core network infrastructures traditional circuit-switchednetwork nodes (switching points) for telephony and packet-switched GPRS nodes for various
OVERVIEW OF GPRS TECHNOLOGY
111 Services offered
GPRS extends the GSM Packet circuit switched data capabilities and
makes the following services possible
SMS messaging and broadcasting
File manipulation functions
Active process block process Always on internet access
Multimedia messaging service (MMS)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2431
Push to talk over cellular (PoC)
Instant messaging and presencemdashwireless village Internet applications for smart devices through wireless application
protocol (WAP) Point-to-point (P2P) service inter-networking with the Internet (IP)
Point-to-Multipoint (P2M) service point-to-multipoint multicast and
point-to-multipoint group calls
If SMS over GPRS is used an SMS transmission speed of about 30
SMS messages per minute may be achieved This is much faster than
using the ordinary SMS over GSM whose SMS transmission speed isabout 6 to 10 SMS messages per minute
12 Usability
The maximum speed of a GPRS connection offered in
2003 was similar to a modem connection in an analog
wire telephone network about 32-40 kbits
depending on the phone used Latency is very highround-trip time (RTT) is typically about 600-700 ms
and often reaches 1 s GPRS is typically prioritized
lower than speech and thus the quality of connection
varies greatly
Devices with latencyRTT improvements (via for
example the extended UL TBF mode feature) are
generally available Also network upgrades offeatures are available with certain operators With
these enhancements the active round-trip time can
be reduced resulting in significant increase in
application-level throughput spe
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2631
the general system health and rough orbits of all GPS satellites (the
almanac)
The receiver uses the messages it receives to determine the transit
time of each message and computes the distance to each satelliteThese distances along with the satellites locations are used with the
possible aid of trilateration depending on which algorithm is used tocompute the position of the receiver This position is then displayed
perhaps with a moving map display or latitude and longitude elevation
information may be included Many GPS units show derived information
such as direction and speed calculated from position changes
Three satellites might seem enough to solve for position since spacehas three dimensions and a position near the Earths surface can beassumed However even a very small clock error multiplied by the very
large speed of light[31] mdash the speed at which satellite signals propagate mdash
results in a large positional error Therefore receivers use four or
more satellites to solve for the receivers location and time The very
accurately computed time is effectively hidden by most GPSapplications which use only the location A few specialized GPS
applications do however use the time these include time transfer trafficsignal timing and synchronization of cell phone base stations
Although four satellites are required for normal operation fewer applyin special cases If one variable is already known a receiver can
determine its position using only three satellites For example a ship oraircraft may have known elevation Some GPS receivers may use
additional clues or assumptions (such as reusing the last known altitude
dead reckoning inertial navigation or including information from the vehiclecomputer) to give a less accurate (degraded) position when fewer than
four satellites are visible
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2731
14 Applications
While originally a military project GPS is considered a dual-use
technology meaning it has significant military and civilian applicationsGPS has become a widely deployed and useful tool for commercescientific uses tracking and surveillance GPSs accurate time
facilitates everyday activities such as banking mobile phone
operations and even the control of power grids by allowing well
synchronized hand-off switching[38]
141 Civilian
See also GNSS applications and GPS navigation device
This antenna is mounted on the roof of a hut containing a scientific
experiment needing precise timing
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2831
Many civilian applications use one or more of GPSs three basic
components absolute location relative movement and time transfer
Clock synchronization The accuracy of GPS time signals (plusmn10 ns)[51] is
second only to the atomic clocks upon which they are based Cellular telephony Clock synchronization enables time transfer which
is critical for synchronizing its spreading codes with other basestations to facilitate inter-cell handoff and support hybrid
GPScellular position detection for mobile emergency calls and other
applications The first handsets with integrated GPS launched in the late
1990s The US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) mandated thefeature in either the handset or in the towers (for use in
triangulation) in 2002 so emergency services could locate911 callers Third-party software developers later gained access to
GPS APIs from Nextel upon launch followed by Sprint in 2006 andVerizon soon thereafter
Disaster reliefemergency services Depend upon GPS for location and
timing capabilities
Geofencing Vehicle tracking systems person tracking systems and pet
tracking systems use GPS to locate a vehicle person or pet These
devices are attached to the vehicle person or the pet collar Theapplication provides continuous tracking and mobile or Internet
updates should the target leave a designated area[52]
Geotagging Applying location coordinates to digital objects such as
photographs and other documents for purposes such as creating map
overlays GPS Aircraft Tracking GPS tours Location determines what content to display for instance
information about an approaching point of interest
Map-making Both civilian and military cartographers use GPSextensively
Navigation Navigators value digitally precise velocity and orientationmeasurements
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1331
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1431
Visitor Location Register (VLR)
mobile subscribers currently located in
the geographical area (ie cells) controlled by the VLR The VLR
allocates the MSRN(when required) a Temporary Mobile SubscriberIdentity (TMSI) for secret identification of mobile subscriber on the
radio link
In summary the VLR contains -(1) Identity of mobile subscriber
(2) Any temporary mobile subscriber identity
(3) ISDN directory number of mobile
(4) Location area where the mobile station is registered(5) Copy of subscriber data from HLR
Equipment Identity Register (EIR)
This database is accessed during the equipment validation procedurewhen a mobile accesses the system it contains the identities of mobile
station equipmentrsquos(called International Mobile Station Equipment
Identity or IMEI) which may be valid suspect or known to fraudulent
This contains
(1) Valid list-list of valid MS equipment identities(2) Suspect list-list of mobiles under observation
(3)Fraudulent list-list of mobiles for which service is barred
Authentication Centre (AUC)
The Authentication Center -
(1) Contains subscriber authentication data called authentication keys(Ki)
(2) Generates security related parameters needed to service using Ki(3)Generate unique data pattern called a cipher key (Kc) needed for
encrypting speech and dataThere are several interfaces in the GSM system which are as follows-
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1631
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1731
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1831
The VLR is the location and management data base for the mobile
subscribers roaming in the area controlled by the associated MSC(s)Whenever the MSC needs data related to a given mobile station
currently located in its area it interrogates the VLR When a mobilestation initiates a location updating procedure with an MSC the MSC
informs its VLR which stores the relevant information This procedure
occurs whenever an MS roams to another location area Also when a
subscriber activates a specific supplementary service or modifies some
data attached to a service the MSC informs (via the VLR) the HLRwhich stores these modifications and updates the VLR if required
C INTERFACE (HLR and the MSC)
The Gateway MSC must interrogate the HLR of the requiredsubscriber to obtain routing information for a call or a short message
directed to that subscriberD INTERFACE (HLR - VLR)
This interface is used to exchange the data related to the location ofthe mobile station and to the management of the subscriber The main
service provided to the mobile subscriber is the capability to set up orto receive calls within the whole service area To support this the
location registers have to exchange data The VLR informs the HLR ofthe location of a mobile station managed by the latter and provides it(either at location updating or at call set-up) with the roaming number
of that station The HLR sends to the VLR all the data needed tosupport the service to the mobile subscriber The HLR then instructs
the previous VLR to cancel the location registration of this subscriber
Exchanges of data may occur when the mobile subscriber requires aparticular service when he wants to change some data attached to his
subscription or when some parameters of the subscription are modifiedby administrative means
E INTERFACE (MSC ndash MSC)When a mobile station moves from one MSC area to another during a
call handover procedure has to be performed in order to continue the
communication For that purpose the MSCs have to exchange data to
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1931
initiate and then to realize the operation After the handover
operation has been completed the MSCs will exchange information totransfer A-interface signaling as necessary When a short message is
to be transferred between a Mobile Station and Short MessageService Centre (SC) in either direction this interface is used to
transfer the message between the MSC serving the Mobile Station and
the MSC which acts as the interface to the SC
F INTERFACE (MSC and EIR)
This interface is used between MSC and EIR to exchange data inorder that the EIR can verify the status of the IMEI retrieved from
the Mobile Station
G INTERFACE (VLR ndash VLR) When a mobile subscriber moves from a VLR area to another Location
Registration procedure will happen This procedure may include theretrieval of the IMSI and authentication parameters from the old VLRH INTERFACE (HLR - AuC)
When an HLR receives a request for authentication and ciphering data
for a Mobile Subscriber and it does not hold the requested data theHLR requests the data from the AuC The protocol used to transfer
the data over this interface is not standardisation
HANDOVER
Handover or handoff as it is called in North America is the switchingof an ongoing call to a different channel or cell There are four
different types of handover in the GSM system which involve
transferring a call betweenChannels (time slots) in the same cell
Cells (Base Transceiver Stations) under the control of the same BaseStation Controller (BSC)
Cells under the control of different BSCs but belonging to the sameMobile services Switching Center (MSC) and
Cells under the control of different MSCs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2131
102 Security
3G networks offer greater security than their 2G predecessors By
allowing the UE (User Equipment) to authenticate the network it is
attaching to the user can be sure the network is the intended one andnot an impersonator 3G networks use the KASUMI block crypto instead of
the older A51 stream cipher However a number of serious weaknesses in
the KASUMI cipher have been identified[19]
In addition to the 3G network infrastructure security end-to-end
security is offered when application frameworks such as IMS are
accessed although this is not strictly a 3G property
103 Applications of 3G
The bandwidth and location information available to 3G devices gives
rise to applications not previously available to mobile phone users Someof the applications are
Mobile TV
Video on demand Video conferencing Tele-medicine
Location-based services
11 Evolution
Both 3GPP and 3GPP2 are currently working on extensions to 3G standardthat are based on an all-IP network infrastructure and using advancedwireless technologies such as MIMO these specifications already
display features characteristic for IMT-Advanced (4G) the successor of3G However falling short of the bandwidth requirements for 4G
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2231
(which is 1 Gbits for stationary and 100 Mbits for mobile operation)
these standards are classified as 39G or Pre-4G
3GPP plans to meet the 4G goals with LTE Advanced whereas Qualcomm
has halted development of UMB in favour of the LTE family[5]
On 14 December 2009 Telia Sonera announced in an official press
release that We are very proud to be the first operator in the world
to offer our customers 4G services[20] With the launch of their LTEnetwork initially they are offering pre-4G (or beyond 3G ) services in
Stockholm Sweden and Oslo Nor
ABOUT 4GIn telecommunications 4G is the fourth generation of cellular wireless
standards It is a successor to the 3G and 2G families of standards In
2009 the ITU-R organization specified the IMT-Advanced
(International Mobile Telecommunications Advanced) requirements for4G standards setting peak speed requirements for 4G service at
100 Mbits for high mobility communication (such as from trains and
cars) and 1 Gbits for low mobility communication (such as pedestriansand stationary users)[1]
A 4G system is expected to provide a comprehensive and secure all-IP
based mobile broadband solution to laptop computer wireless modems smartphones and other mobile devices Facilities such as ultra-broadband
Internet access IP telephony gaming services and streamed multimedia
may be provided to users
Pre-4G technologies such as mobile WiMAX and first-release Long term
evolution (LTE) have been on the market since 2006[2] and 2009[3][4][5]
respectively and though often branded as 4G in marketing materials
the current versions of these technologies provide downstream peak
bitrates of 144 Mbits and 100 Mbits respectively and do consequently
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2331
not fulfill the original ITU-R requirements of data rates approximately
up to 1 Gbits for 4G systems
IMT -Advanced compliant versions of the above two standards are under
development and called ―LTE Advanced and ―WirelessMAN-Advancedrespectively ITU has decided that ―LTE Advanced and
―WirelessMAN-Advanced should be accorded the official designation
of IMT-Advanced On December 6 2010 ITU announced that current
versions of LTE WiMax and other evolved 3G technologies that do not
fulfill IMT-Advanced requirements could be considered 4G
provided they represent forerunners to IMT-Advanced and asubstantial level of improvement in performance and capabilities with
respect to the initial third generation systems now deployed[6]
In all suggestions for 4G the CDMA spread spectrum radio technology used
in 3G systems and IS-95 is abandoned and replaced by OFDMA and otherfrequency-domain equalization schemes[citation needed ] This is combined with MIMO
(Multiple In Multiple Out)
25G and 3G systems rely on double core network infrastructures traditional circuit-switchednetwork nodes (switching points) for telephony and packet-switched GPRS nodes for various
OVERVIEW OF GPRS TECHNOLOGY
111 Services offered
GPRS extends the GSM Packet circuit switched data capabilities and
makes the following services possible
SMS messaging and broadcasting
File manipulation functions
Active process block process Always on internet access
Multimedia messaging service (MMS)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2431
Push to talk over cellular (PoC)
Instant messaging and presencemdashwireless village Internet applications for smart devices through wireless application
protocol (WAP) Point-to-point (P2P) service inter-networking with the Internet (IP)
Point-to-Multipoint (P2M) service point-to-multipoint multicast and
point-to-multipoint group calls
If SMS over GPRS is used an SMS transmission speed of about 30
SMS messages per minute may be achieved This is much faster than
using the ordinary SMS over GSM whose SMS transmission speed isabout 6 to 10 SMS messages per minute
12 Usability
The maximum speed of a GPRS connection offered in
2003 was similar to a modem connection in an analog
wire telephone network about 32-40 kbits
depending on the phone used Latency is very highround-trip time (RTT) is typically about 600-700 ms
and often reaches 1 s GPRS is typically prioritized
lower than speech and thus the quality of connection
varies greatly
Devices with latencyRTT improvements (via for
example the extended UL TBF mode feature) are
generally available Also network upgrades offeatures are available with certain operators With
these enhancements the active round-trip time can
be reduced resulting in significant increase in
application-level throughput spe
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2631
the general system health and rough orbits of all GPS satellites (the
almanac)
The receiver uses the messages it receives to determine the transit
time of each message and computes the distance to each satelliteThese distances along with the satellites locations are used with the
possible aid of trilateration depending on which algorithm is used tocompute the position of the receiver This position is then displayed
perhaps with a moving map display or latitude and longitude elevation
information may be included Many GPS units show derived information
such as direction and speed calculated from position changes
Three satellites might seem enough to solve for position since spacehas three dimensions and a position near the Earths surface can beassumed However even a very small clock error multiplied by the very
large speed of light[31] mdash the speed at which satellite signals propagate mdash
results in a large positional error Therefore receivers use four or
more satellites to solve for the receivers location and time The very
accurately computed time is effectively hidden by most GPSapplications which use only the location A few specialized GPS
applications do however use the time these include time transfer trafficsignal timing and synchronization of cell phone base stations
Although four satellites are required for normal operation fewer applyin special cases If one variable is already known a receiver can
determine its position using only three satellites For example a ship oraircraft may have known elevation Some GPS receivers may use
additional clues or assumptions (such as reusing the last known altitude
dead reckoning inertial navigation or including information from the vehiclecomputer) to give a less accurate (degraded) position when fewer than
four satellites are visible
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2731
14 Applications
While originally a military project GPS is considered a dual-use
technology meaning it has significant military and civilian applicationsGPS has become a widely deployed and useful tool for commercescientific uses tracking and surveillance GPSs accurate time
facilitates everyday activities such as banking mobile phone
operations and even the control of power grids by allowing well
synchronized hand-off switching[38]
141 Civilian
See also GNSS applications and GPS navigation device
This antenna is mounted on the roof of a hut containing a scientific
experiment needing precise timing
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2831
Many civilian applications use one or more of GPSs three basic
components absolute location relative movement and time transfer
Clock synchronization The accuracy of GPS time signals (plusmn10 ns)[51] is
second only to the atomic clocks upon which they are based Cellular telephony Clock synchronization enables time transfer which
is critical for synchronizing its spreading codes with other basestations to facilitate inter-cell handoff and support hybrid
GPScellular position detection for mobile emergency calls and other
applications The first handsets with integrated GPS launched in the late
1990s The US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) mandated thefeature in either the handset or in the towers (for use in
triangulation) in 2002 so emergency services could locate911 callers Third-party software developers later gained access to
GPS APIs from Nextel upon launch followed by Sprint in 2006 andVerizon soon thereafter
Disaster reliefemergency services Depend upon GPS for location and
timing capabilities
Geofencing Vehicle tracking systems person tracking systems and pet
tracking systems use GPS to locate a vehicle person or pet These
devices are attached to the vehicle person or the pet collar Theapplication provides continuous tracking and mobile or Internet
updates should the target leave a designated area[52]
Geotagging Applying location coordinates to digital objects such as
photographs and other documents for purposes such as creating map
overlays GPS Aircraft Tracking GPS tours Location determines what content to display for instance
information about an approaching point of interest
Map-making Both civilian and military cartographers use GPSextensively
Navigation Navigators value digitally precise velocity and orientationmeasurements
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1431
Visitor Location Register (VLR)
mobile subscribers currently located in
the geographical area (ie cells) controlled by the VLR The VLR
allocates the MSRN(when required) a Temporary Mobile SubscriberIdentity (TMSI) for secret identification of mobile subscriber on the
radio link
In summary the VLR contains -(1) Identity of mobile subscriber
(2) Any temporary mobile subscriber identity
(3) ISDN directory number of mobile
(4) Location area where the mobile station is registered(5) Copy of subscriber data from HLR
Equipment Identity Register (EIR)
This database is accessed during the equipment validation procedurewhen a mobile accesses the system it contains the identities of mobile
station equipmentrsquos(called International Mobile Station Equipment
Identity or IMEI) which may be valid suspect or known to fraudulent
This contains
(1) Valid list-list of valid MS equipment identities(2) Suspect list-list of mobiles under observation
(3)Fraudulent list-list of mobiles for which service is barred
Authentication Centre (AUC)
The Authentication Center -
(1) Contains subscriber authentication data called authentication keys(Ki)
(2) Generates security related parameters needed to service using Ki(3)Generate unique data pattern called a cipher key (Kc) needed for
encrypting speech and dataThere are several interfaces in the GSM system which are as follows-
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1631
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1731
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1831
The VLR is the location and management data base for the mobile
subscribers roaming in the area controlled by the associated MSC(s)Whenever the MSC needs data related to a given mobile station
currently located in its area it interrogates the VLR When a mobilestation initiates a location updating procedure with an MSC the MSC
informs its VLR which stores the relevant information This procedure
occurs whenever an MS roams to another location area Also when a
subscriber activates a specific supplementary service or modifies some
data attached to a service the MSC informs (via the VLR) the HLRwhich stores these modifications and updates the VLR if required
C INTERFACE (HLR and the MSC)
The Gateway MSC must interrogate the HLR of the requiredsubscriber to obtain routing information for a call or a short message
directed to that subscriberD INTERFACE (HLR - VLR)
This interface is used to exchange the data related to the location ofthe mobile station and to the management of the subscriber The main
service provided to the mobile subscriber is the capability to set up orto receive calls within the whole service area To support this the
location registers have to exchange data The VLR informs the HLR ofthe location of a mobile station managed by the latter and provides it(either at location updating or at call set-up) with the roaming number
of that station The HLR sends to the VLR all the data needed tosupport the service to the mobile subscriber The HLR then instructs
the previous VLR to cancel the location registration of this subscriber
Exchanges of data may occur when the mobile subscriber requires aparticular service when he wants to change some data attached to his
subscription or when some parameters of the subscription are modifiedby administrative means
E INTERFACE (MSC ndash MSC)When a mobile station moves from one MSC area to another during a
call handover procedure has to be performed in order to continue the
communication For that purpose the MSCs have to exchange data to
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1931
initiate and then to realize the operation After the handover
operation has been completed the MSCs will exchange information totransfer A-interface signaling as necessary When a short message is
to be transferred between a Mobile Station and Short MessageService Centre (SC) in either direction this interface is used to
transfer the message between the MSC serving the Mobile Station and
the MSC which acts as the interface to the SC
F INTERFACE (MSC and EIR)
This interface is used between MSC and EIR to exchange data inorder that the EIR can verify the status of the IMEI retrieved from
the Mobile Station
G INTERFACE (VLR ndash VLR) When a mobile subscriber moves from a VLR area to another Location
Registration procedure will happen This procedure may include theretrieval of the IMSI and authentication parameters from the old VLRH INTERFACE (HLR - AuC)
When an HLR receives a request for authentication and ciphering data
for a Mobile Subscriber and it does not hold the requested data theHLR requests the data from the AuC The protocol used to transfer
the data over this interface is not standardisation
HANDOVER
Handover or handoff as it is called in North America is the switchingof an ongoing call to a different channel or cell There are four
different types of handover in the GSM system which involve
transferring a call betweenChannels (time slots) in the same cell
Cells (Base Transceiver Stations) under the control of the same BaseStation Controller (BSC)
Cells under the control of different BSCs but belonging to the sameMobile services Switching Center (MSC) and
Cells under the control of different MSCs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2131
102 Security
3G networks offer greater security than their 2G predecessors By
allowing the UE (User Equipment) to authenticate the network it is
attaching to the user can be sure the network is the intended one andnot an impersonator 3G networks use the KASUMI block crypto instead of
the older A51 stream cipher However a number of serious weaknesses in
the KASUMI cipher have been identified[19]
In addition to the 3G network infrastructure security end-to-end
security is offered when application frameworks such as IMS are
accessed although this is not strictly a 3G property
103 Applications of 3G
The bandwidth and location information available to 3G devices gives
rise to applications not previously available to mobile phone users Someof the applications are
Mobile TV
Video on demand Video conferencing Tele-medicine
Location-based services
11 Evolution
Both 3GPP and 3GPP2 are currently working on extensions to 3G standardthat are based on an all-IP network infrastructure and using advancedwireless technologies such as MIMO these specifications already
display features characteristic for IMT-Advanced (4G) the successor of3G However falling short of the bandwidth requirements for 4G
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2231
(which is 1 Gbits for stationary and 100 Mbits for mobile operation)
these standards are classified as 39G or Pre-4G
3GPP plans to meet the 4G goals with LTE Advanced whereas Qualcomm
has halted development of UMB in favour of the LTE family[5]
On 14 December 2009 Telia Sonera announced in an official press
release that We are very proud to be the first operator in the world
to offer our customers 4G services[20] With the launch of their LTEnetwork initially they are offering pre-4G (or beyond 3G ) services in
Stockholm Sweden and Oslo Nor
ABOUT 4GIn telecommunications 4G is the fourth generation of cellular wireless
standards It is a successor to the 3G and 2G families of standards In
2009 the ITU-R organization specified the IMT-Advanced
(International Mobile Telecommunications Advanced) requirements for4G standards setting peak speed requirements for 4G service at
100 Mbits for high mobility communication (such as from trains and
cars) and 1 Gbits for low mobility communication (such as pedestriansand stationary users)[1]
A 4G system is expected to provide a comprehensive and secure all-IP
based mobile broadband solution to laptop computer wireless modems smartphones and other mobile devices Facilities such as ultra-broadband
Internet access IP telephony gaming services and streamed multimedia
may be provided to users
Pre-4G technologies such as mobile WiMAX and first-release Long term
evolution (LTE) have been on the market since 2006[2] and 2009[3][4][5]
respectively and though often branded as 4G in marketing materials
the current versions of these technologies provide downstream peak
bitrates of 144 Mbits and 100 Mbits respectively and do consequently
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2331
not fulfill the original ITU-R requirements of data rates approximately
up to 1 Gbits for 4G systems
IMT -Advanced compliant versions of the above two standards are under
development and called ―LTE Advanced and ―WirelessMAN-Advancedrespectively ITU has decided that ―LTE Advanced and
―WirelessMAN-Advanced should be accorded the official designation
of IMT-Advanced On December 6 2010 ITU announced that current
versions of LTE WiMax and other evolved 3G technologies that do not
fulfill IMT-Advanced requirements could be considered 4G
provided they represent forerunners to IMT-Advanced and asubstantial level of improvement in performance and capabilities with
respect to the initial third generation systems now deployed[6]
In all suggestions for 4G the CDMA spread spectrum radio technology used
in 3G systems and IS-95 is abandoned and replaced by OFDMA and otherfrequency-domain equalization schemes[citation needed ] This is combined with MIMO
(Multiple In Multiple Out)
25G and 3G systems rely on double core network infrastructures traditional circuit-switchednetwork nodes (switching points) for telephony and packet-switched GPRS nodes for various
OVERVIEW OF GPRS TECHNOLOGY
111 Services offered
GPRS extends the GSM Packet circuit switched data capabilities and
makes the following services possible
SMS messaging and broadcasting
File manipulation functions
Active process block process Always on internet access
Multimedia messaging service (MMS)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2431
Push to talk over cellular (PoC)
Instant messaging and presencemdashwireless village Internet applications for smart devices through wireless application
protocol (WAP) Point-to-point (P2P) service inter-networking with the Internet (IP)
Point-to-Multipoint (P2M) service point-to-multipoint multicast and
point-to-multipoint group calls
If SMS over GPRS is used an SMS transmission speed of about 30
SMS messages per minute may be achieved This is much faster than
using the ordinary SMS over GSM whose SMS transmission speed isabout 6 to 10 SMS messages per minute
12 Usability
The maximum speed of a GPRS connection offered in
2003 was similar to a modem connection in an analog
wire telephone network about 32-40 kbits
depending on the phone used Latency is very highround-trip time (RTT) is typically about 600-700 ms
and often reaches 1 s GPRS is typically prioritized
lower than speech and thus the quality of connection
varies greatly
Devices with latencyRTT improvements (via for
example the extended UL TBF mode feature) are
generally available Also network upgrades offeatures are available with certain operators With
these enhancements the active round-trip time can
be reduced resulting in significant increase in
application-level throughput spe
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2631
the general system health and rough orbits of all GPS satellites (the
almanac)
The receiver uses the messages it receives to determine the transit
time of each message and computes the distance to each satelliteThese distances along with the satellites locations are used with the
possible aid of trilateration depending on which algorithm is used tocompute the position of the receiver This position is then displayed
perhaps with a moving map display or latitude and longitude elevation
information may be included Many GPS units show derived information
such as direction and speed calculated from position changes
Three satellites might seem enough to solve for position since spacehas three dimensions and a position near the Earths surface can beassumed However even a very small clock error multiplied by the very
large speed of light[31] mdash the speed at which satellite signals propagate mdash
results in a large positional error Therefore receivers use four or
more satellites to solve for the receivers location and time The very
accurately computed time is effectively hidden by most GPSapplications which use only the location A few specialized GPS
applications do however use the time these include time transfer trafficsignal timing and synchronization of cell phone base stations
Although four satellites are required for normal operation fewer applyin special cases If one variable is already known a receiver can
determine its position using only three satellites For example a ship oraircraft may have known elevation Some GPS receivers may use
additional clues or assumptions (such as reusing the last known altitude
dead reckoning inertial navigation or including information from the vehiclecomputer) to give a less accurate (degraded) position when fewer than
four satellites are visible
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2731
14 Applications
While originally a military project GPS is considered a dual-use
technology meaning it has significant military and civilian applicationsGPS has become a widely deployed and useful tool for commercescientific uses tracking and surveillance GPSs accurate time
facilitates everyday activities such as banking mobile phone
operations and even the control of power grids by allowing well
synchronized hand-off switching[38]
141 Civilian
See also GNSS applications and GPS navigation device
This antenna is mounted on the roof of a hut containing a scientific
experiment needing precise timing
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2831
Many civilian applications use one or more of GPSs three basic
components absolute location relative movement and time transfer
Clock synchronization The accuracy of GPS time signals (plusmn10 ns)[51] is
second only to the atomic clocks upon which they are based Cellular telephony Clock synchronization enables time transfer which
is critical for synchronizing its spreading codes with other basestations to facilitate inter-cell handoff and support hybrid
GPScellular position detection for mobile emergency calls and other
applications The first handsets with integrated GPS launched in the late
1990s The US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) mandated thefeature in either the handset or in the towers (for use in
triangulation) in 2002 so emergency services could locate911 callers Third-party software developers later gained access to
GPS APIs from Nextel upon launch followed by Sprint in 2006 andVerizon soon thereafter
Disaster reliefemergency services Depend upon GPS for location and
timing capabilities
Geofencing Vehicle tracking systems person tracking systems and pet
tracking systems use GPS to locate a vehicle person or pet These
devices are attached to the vehicle person or the pet collar Theapplication provides continuous tracking and mobile or Internet
updates should the target leave a designated area[52]
Geotagging Applying location coordinates to digital objects such as
photographs and other documents for purposes such as creating map
overlays GPS Aircraft Tracking GPS tours Location determines what content to display for instance
information about an approaching point of interest
Map-making Both civilian and military cartographers use GPSextensively
Navigation Navigators value digitally precise velocity and orientationmeasurements
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1631
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1731
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1831
The VLR is the location and management data base for the mobile
subscribers roaming in the area controlled by the associated MSC(s)Whenever the MSC needs data related to a given mobile station
currently located in its area it interrogates the VLR When a mobilestation initiates a location updating procedure with an MSC the MSC
informs its VLR which stores the relevant information This procedure
occurs whenever an MS roams to another location area Also when a
subscriber activates a specific supplementary service or modifies some
data attached to a service the MSC informs (via the VLR) the HLRwhich stores these modifications and updates the VLR if required
C INTERFACE (HLR and the MSC)
The Gateway MSC must interrogate the HLR of the requiredsubscriber to obtain routing information for a call or a short message
directed to that subscriberD INTERFACE (HLR - VLR)
This interface is used to exchange the data related to the location ofthe mobile station and to the management of the subscriber The main
service provided to the mobile subscriber is the capability to set up orto receive calls within the whole service area To support this the
location registers have to exchange data The VLR informs the HLR ofthe location of a mobile station managed by the latter and provides it(either at location updating or at call set-up) with the roaming number
of that station The HLR sends to the VLR all the data needed tosupport the service to the mobile subscriber The HLR then instructs
the previous VLR to cancel the location registration of this subscriber
Exchanges of data may occur when the mobile subscriber requires aparticular service when he wants to change some data attached to his
subscription or when some parameters of the subscription are modifiedby administrative means
E INTERFACE (MSC ndash MSC)When a mobile station moves from one MSC area to another during a
call handover procedure has to be performed in order to continue the
communication For that purpose the MSCs have to exchange data to
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1931
initiate and then to realize the operation After the handover
operation has been completed the MSCs will exchange information totransfer A-interface signaling as necessary When a short message is
to be transferred between a Mobile Station and Short MessageService Centre (SC) in either direction this interface is used to
transfer the message between the MSC serving the Mobile Station and
the MSC which acts as the interface to the SC
F INTERFACE (MSC and EIR)
This interface is used between MSC and EIR to exchange data inorder that the EIR can verify the status of the IMEI retrieved from
the Mobile Station
G INTERFACE (VLR ndash VLR) When a mobile subscriber moves from a VLR area to another Location
Registration procedure will happen This procedure may include theretrieval of the IMSI and authentication parameters from the old VLRH INTERFACE (HLR - AuC)
When an HLR receives a request for authentication and ciphering data
for a Mobile Subscriber and it does not hold the requested data theHLR requests the data from the AuC The protocol used to transfer
the data over this interface is not standardisation
HANDOVER
Handover or handoff as it is called in North America is the switchingof an ongoing call to a different channel or cell There are four
different types of handover in the GSM system which involve
transferring a call betweenChannels (time slots) in the same cell
Cells (Base Transceiver Stations) under the control of the same BaseStation Controller (BSC)
Cells under the control of different BSCs but belonging to the sameMobile services Switching Center (MSC) and
Cells under the control of different MSCs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2131
102 Security
3G networks offer greater security than their 2G predecessors By
allowing the UE (User Equipment) to authenticate the network it is
attaching to the user can be sure the network is the intended one andnot an impersonator 3G networks use the KASUMI block crypto instead of
the older A51 stream cipher However a number of serious weaknesses in
the KASUMI cipher have been identified[19]
In addition to the 3G network infrastructure security end-to-end
security is offered when application frameworks such as IMS are
accessed although this is not strictly a 3G property
103 Applications of 3G
The bandwidth and location information available to 3G devices gives
rise to applications not previously available to mobile phone users Someof the applications are
Mobile TV
Video on demand Video conferencing Tele-medicine
Location-based services
11 Evolution
Both 3GPP and 3GPP2 are currently working on extensions to 3G standardthat are based on an all-IP network infrastructure and using advancedwireless technologies such as MIMO these specifications already
display features characteristic for IMT-Advanced (4G) the successor of3G However falling short of the bandwidth requirements for 4G
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2231
(which is 1 Gbits for stationary and 100 Mbits for mobile operation)
these standards are classified as 39G or Pre-4G
3GPP plans to meet the 4G goals with LTE Advanced whereas Qualcomm
has halted development of UMB in favour of the LTE family[5]
On 14 December 2009 Telia Sonera announced in an official press
release that We are very proud to be the first operator in the world
to offer our customers 4G services[20] With the launch of their LTEnetwork initially they are offering pre-4G (or beyond 3G ) services in
Stockholm Sweden and Oslo Nor
ABOUT 4GIn telecommunications 4G is the fourth generation of cellular wireless
standards It is a successor to the 3G and 2G families of standards In
2009 the ITU-R organization specified the IMT-Advanced
(International Mobile Telecommunications Advanced) requirements for4G standards setting peak speed requirements for 4G service at
100 Mbits for high mobility communication (such as from trains and
cars) and 1 Gbits for low mobility communication (such as pedestriansand stationary users)[1]
A 4G system is expected to provide a comprehensive and secure all-IP
based mobile broadband solution to laptop computer wireless modems smartphones and other mobile devices Facilities such as ultra-broadband
Internet access IP telephony gaming services and streamed multimedia
may be provided to users
Pre-4G technologies such as mobile WiMAX and first-release Long term
evolution (LTE) have been on the market since 2006[2] and 2009[3][4][5]
respectively and though often branded as 4G in marketing materials
the current versions of these technologies provide downstream peak
bitrates of 144 Mbits and 100 Mbits respectively and do consequently
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2331
not fulfill the original ITU-R requirements of data rates approximately
up to 1 Gbits for 4G systems
IMT -Advanced compliant versions of the above two standards are under
development and called ―LTE Advanced and ―WirelessMAN-Advancedrespectively ITU has decided that ―LTE Advanced and
―WirelessMAN-Advanced should be accorded the official designation
of IMT-Advanced On December 6 2010 ITU announced that current
versions of LTE WiMax and other evolved 3G technologies that do not
fulfill IMT-Advanced requirements could be considered 4G
provided they represent forerunners to IMT-Advanced and asubstantial level of improvement in performance and capabilities with
respect to the initial third generation systems now deployed[6]
In all suggestions for 4G the CDMA spread spectrum radio technology used
in 3G systems and IS-95 is abandoned and replaced by OFDMA and otherfrequency-domain equalization schemes[citation needed ] This is combined with MIMO
(Multiple In Multiple Out)
25G and 3G systems rely on double core network infrastructures traditional circuit-switchednetwork nodes (switching points) for telephony and packet-switched GPRS nodes for various
OVERVIEW OF GPRS TECHNOLOGY
111 Services offered
GPRS extends the GSM Packet circuit switched data capabilities and
makes the following services possible
SMS messaging and broadcasting
File manipulation functions
Active process block process Always on internet access
Multimedia messaging service (MMS)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2431
Push to talk over cellular (PoC)
Instant messaging and presencemdashwireless village Internet applications for smart devices through wireless application
protocol (WAP) Point-to-point (P2P) service inter-networking with the Internet (IP)
Point-to-Multipoint (P2M) service point-to-multipoint multicast and
point-to-multipoint group calls
If SMS over GPRS is used an SMS transmission speed of about 30
SMS messages per minute may be achieved This is much faster than
using the ordinary SMS over GSM whose SMS transmission speed isabout 6 to 10 SMS messages per minute
12 Usability
The maximum speed of a GPRS connection offered in
2003 was similar to a modem connection in an analog
wire telephone network about 32-40 kbits
depending on the phone used Latency is very highround-trip time (RTT) is typically about 600-700 ms
and often reaches 1 s GPRS is typically prioritized
lower than speech and thus the quality of connection
varies greatly
Devices with latencyRTT improvements (via for
example the extended UL TBF mode feature) are
generally available Also network upgrades offeatures are available with certain operators With
these enhancements the active round-trip time can
be reduced resulting in significant increase in
application-level throughput spe
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2631
the general system health and rough orbits of all GPS satellites (the
almanac)
The receiver uses the messages it receives to determine the transit
time of each message and computes the distance to each satelliteThese distances along with the satellites locations are used with the
possible aid of trilateration depending on which algorithm is used tocompute the position of the receiver This position is then displayed
perhaps with a moving map display or latitude and longitude elevation
information may be included Many GPS units show derived information
such as direction and speed calculated from position changes
Three satellites might seem enough to solve for position since spacehas three dimensions and a position near the Earths surface can beassumed However even a very small clock error multiplied by the very
large speed of light[31] mdash the speed at which satellite signals propagate mdash
results in a large positional error Therefore receivers use four or
more satellites to solve for the receivers location and time The very
accurately computed time is effectively hidden by most GPSapplications which use only the location A few specialized GPS
applications do however use the time these include time transfer trafficsignal timing and synchronization of cell phone base stations
Although four satellites are required for normal operation fewer applyin special cases If one variable is already known a receiver can
determine its position using only three satellites For example a ship oraircraft may have known elevation Some GPS receivers may use
additional clues or assumptions (such as reusing the last known altitude
dead reckoning inertial navigation or including information from the vehiclecomputer) to give a less accurate (degraded) position when fewer than
four satellites are visible
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2731
14 Applications
While originally a military project GPS is considered a dual-use
technology meaning it has significant military and civilian applicationsGPS has become a widely deployed and useful tool for commercescientific uses tracking and surveillance GPSs accurate time
facilitates everyday activities such as banking mobile phone
operations and even the control of power grids by allowing well
synchronized hand-off switching[38]
141 Civilian
See also GNSS applications and GPS navigation device
This antenna is mounted on the roof of a hut containing a scientific
experiment needing precise timing
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2831
Many civilian applications use one or more of GPSs three basic
components absolute location relative movement and time transfer
Clock synchronization The accuracy of GPS time signals (plusmn10 ns)[51] is
second only to the atomic clocks upon which they are based Cellular telephony Clock synchronization enables time transfer which
is critical for synchronizing its spreading codes with other basestations to facilitate inter-cell handoff and support hybrid
GPScellular position detection for mobile emergency calls and other
applications The first handsets with integrated GPS launched in the late
1990s The US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) mandated thefeature in either the handset or in the towers (for use in
triangulation) in 2002 so emergency services could locate911 callers Third-party software developers later gained access to
GPS APIs from Nextel upon launch followed by Sprint in 2006 andVerizon soon thereafter
Disaster reliefemergency services Depend upon GPS for location and
timing capabilities
Geofencing Vehicle tracking systems person tracking systems and pet
tracking systems use GPS to locate a vehicle person or pet These
devices are attached to the vehicle person or the pet collar Theapplication provides continuous tracking and mobile or Internet
updates should the target leave a designated area[52]
Geotagging Applying location coordinates to digital objects such as
photographs and other documents for purposes such as creating map
overlays GPS Aircraft Tracking GPS tours Location determines what content to display for instance
information about an approaching point of interest
Map-making Both civilian and military cartographers use GPSextensively
Navigation Navigators value digitally precise velocity and orientationmeasurements
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1631
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1731
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1831
The VLR is the location and management data base for the mobile
subscribers roaming in the area controlled by the associated MSC(s)Whenever the MSC needs data related to a given mobile station
currently located in its area it interrogates the VLR When a mobilestation initiates a location updating procedure with an MSC the MSC
informs its VLR which stores the relevant information This procedure
occurs whenever an MS roams to another location area Also when a
subscriber activates a specific supplementary service or modifies some
data attached to a service the MSC informs (via the VLR) the HLRwhich stores these modifications and updates the VLR if required
C INTERFACE (HLR and the MSC)
The Gateway MSC must interrogate the HLR of the requiredsubscriber to obtain routing information for a call or a short message
directed to that subscriberD INTERFACE (HLR - VLR)
This interface is used to exchange the data related to the location ofthe mobile station and to the management of the subscriber The main
service provided to the mobile subscriber is the capability to set up orto receive calls within the whole service area To support this the
location registers have to exchange data The VLR informs the HLR ofthe location of a mobile station managed by the latter and provides it(either at location updating or at call set-up) with the roaming number
of that station The HLR sends to the VLR all the data needed tosupport the service to the mobile subscriber The HLR then instructs
the previous VLR to cancel the location registration of this subscriber
Exchanges of data may occur when the mobile subscriber requires aparticular service when he wants to change some data attached to his
subscription or when some parameters of the subscription are modifiedby administrative means
E INTERFACE (MSC ndash MSC)When a mobile station moves from one MSC area to another during a
call handover procedure has to be performed in order to continue the
communication For that purpose the MSCs have to exchange data to
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1931
initiate and then to realize the operation After the handover
operation has been completed the MSCs will exchange information totransfer A-interface signaling as necessary When a short message is
to be transferred between a Mobile Station and Short MessageService Centre (SC) in either direction this interface is used to
transfer the message between the MSC serving the Mobile Station and
the MSC which acts as the interface to the SC
F INTERFACE (MSC and EIR)
This interface is used between MSC and EIR to exchange data inorder that the EIR can verify the status of the IMEI retrieved from
the Mobile Station
G INTERFACE (VLR ndash VLR) When a mobile subscriber moves from a VLR area to another Location
Registration procedure will happen This procedure may include theretrieval of the IMSI and authentication parameters from the old VLRH INTERFACE (HLR - AuC)
When an HLR receives a request for authentication and ciphering data
for a Mobile Subscriber and it does not hold the requested data theHLR requests the data from the AuC The protocol used to transfer
the data over this interface is not standardisation
HANDOVER
Handover or handoff as it is called in North America is the switchingof an ongoing call to a different channel or cell There are four
different types of handover in the GSM system which involve
transferring a call betweenChannels (time slots) in the same cell
Cells (Base Transceiver Stations) under the control of the same BaseStation Controller (BSC)
Cells under the control of different BSCs but belonging to the sameMobile services Switching Center (MSC) and
Cells under the control of different MSCs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2131
102 Security
3G networks offer greater security than their 2G predecessors By
allowing the UE (User Equipment) to authenticate the network it is
attaching to the user can be sure the network is the intended one andnot an impersonator 3G networks use the KASUMI block crypto instead of
the older A51 stream cipher However a number of serious weaknesses in
the KASUMI cipher have been identified[19]
In addition to the 3G network infrastructure security end-to-end
security is offered when application frameworks such as IMS are
accessed although this is not strictly a 3G property
103 Applications of 3G
The bandwidth and location information available to 3G devices gives
rise to applications not previously available to mobile phone users Someof the applications are
Mobile TV
Video on demand Video conferencing Tele-medicine
Location-based services
11 Evolution
Both 3GPP and 3GPP2 are currently working on extensions to 3G standardthat are based on an all-IP network infrastructure and using advancedwireless technologies such as MIMO these specifications already
display features characteristic for IMT-Advanced (4G) the successor of3G However falling short of the bandwidth requirements for 4G
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2231
(which is 1 Gbits for stationary and 100 Mbits for mobile operation)
these standards are classified as 39G or Pre-4G
3GPP plans to meet the 4G goals with LTE Advanced whereas Qualcomm
has halted development of UMB in favour of the LTE family[5]
On 14 December 2009 Telia Sonera announced in an official press
release that We are very proud to be the first operator in the world
to offer our customers 4G services[20] With the launch of their LTEnetwork initially they are offering pre-4G (or beyond 3G ) services in
Stockholm Sweden and Oslo Nor
ABOUT 4GIn telecommunications 4G is the fourth generation of cellular wireless
standards It is a successor to the 3G and 2G families of standards In
2009 the ITU-R organization specified the IMT-Advanced
(International Mobile Telecommunications Advanced) requirements for4G standards setting peak speed requirements for 4G service at
100 Mbits for high mobility communication (such as from trains and
cars) and 1 Gbits for low mobility communication (such as pedestriansand stationary users)[1]
A 4G system is expected to provide a comprehensive and secure all-IP
based mobile broadband solution to laptop computer wireless modems smartphones and other mobile devices Facilities such as ultra-broadband
Internet access IP telephony gaming services and streamed multimedia
may be provided to users
Pre-4G technologies such as mobile WiMAX and first-release Long term
evolution (LTE) have been on the market since 2006[2] and 2009[3][4][5]
respectively and though often branded as 4G in marketing materials
the current versions of these technologies provide downstream peak
bitrates of 144 Mbits and 100 Mbits respectively and do consequently
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2331
not fulfill the original ITU-R requirements of data rates approximately
up to 1 Gbits for 4G systems
IMT -Advanced compliant versions of the above two standards are under
development and called ―LTE Advanced and ―WirelessMAN-Advancedrespectively ITU has decided that ―LTE Advanced and
―WirelessMAN-Advanced should be accorded the official designation
of IMT-Advanced On December 6 2010 ITU announced that current
versions of LTE WiMax and other evolved 3G technologies that do not
fulfill IMT-Advanced requirements could be considered 4G
provided they represent forerunners to IMT-Advanced and asubstantial level of improvement in performance and capabilities with
respect to the initial third generation systems now deployed[6]
In all suggestions for 4G the CDMA spread spectrum radio technology used
in 3G systems and IS-95 is abandoned and replaced by OFDMA and otherfrequency-domain equalization schemes[citation needed ] This is combined with MIMO
(Multiple In Multiple Out)
25G and 3G systems rely on double core network infrastructures traditional circuit-switchednetwork nodes (switching points) for telephony and packet-switched GPRS nodes for various
OVERVIEW OF GPRS TECHNOLOGY
111 Services offered
GPRS extends the GSM Packet circuit switched data capabilities and
makes the following services possible
SMS messaging and broadcasting
File manipulation functions
Active process block process Always on internet access
Multimedia messaging service (MMS)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2431
Push to talk over cellular (PoC)
Instant messaging and presencemdashwireless village Internet applications for smart devices through wireless application
protocol (WAP) Point-to-point (P2P) service inter-networking with the Internet (IP)
Point-to-Multipoint (P2M) service point-to-multipoint multicast and
point-to-multipoint group calls
If SMS over GPRS is used an SMS transmission speed of about 30
SMS messages per minute may be achieved This is much faster than
using the ordinary SMS over GSM whose SMS transmission speed isabout 6 to 10 SMS messages per minute
12 Usability
The maximum speed of a GPRS connection offered in
2003 was similar to a modem connection in an analog
wire telephone network about 32-40 kbits
depending on the phone used Latency is very highround-trip time (RTT) is typically about 600-700 ms
and often reaches 1 s GPRS is typically prioritized
lower than speech and thus the quality of connection
varies greatly
Devices with latencyRTT improvements (via for
example the extended UL TBF mode feature) are
generally available Also network upgrades offeatures are available with certain operators With
these enhancements the active round-trip time can
be reduced resulting in significant increase in
application-level throughput spe
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2631
the general system health and rough orbits of all GPS satellites (the
almanac)
The receiver uses the messages it receives to determine the transit
time of each message and computes the distance to each satelliteThese distances along with the satellites locations are used with the
possible aid of trilateration depending on which algorithm is used tocompute the position of the receiver This position is then displayed
perhaps with a moving map display or latitude and longitude elevation
information may be included Many GPS units show derived information
such as direction and speed calculated from position changes
Three satellites might seem enough to solve for position since spacehas three dimensions and a position near the Earths surface can beassumed However even a very small clock error multiplied by the very
large speed of light[31] mdash the speed at which satellite signals propagate mdash
results in a large positional error Therefore receivers use four or
more satellites to solve for the receivers location and time The very
accurately computed time is effectively hidden by most GPSapplications which use only the location A few specialized GPS
applications do however use the time these include time transfer trafficsignal timing and synchronization of cell phone base stations
Although four satellites are required for normal operation fewer applyin special cases If one variable is already known a receiver can
determine its position using only three satellites For example a ship oraircraft may have known elevation Some GPS receivers may use
additional clues or assumptions (such as reusing the last known altitude
dead reckoning inertial navigation or including information from the vehiclecomputer) to give a less accurate (degraded) position when fewer than
four satellites are visible
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2731
14 Applications
While originally a military project GPS is considered a dual-use
technology meaning it has significant military and civilian applicationsGPS has become a widely deployed and useful tool for commercescientific uses tracking and surveillance GPSs accurate time
facilitates everyday activities such as banking mobile phone
operations and even the control of power grids by allowing well
synchronized hand-off switching[38]
141 Civilian
See also GNSS applications and GPS navigation device
This antenna is mounted on the roof of a hut containing a scientific
experiment needing precise timing
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2831
Many civilian applications use one or more of GPSs three basic
components absolute location relative movement and time transfer
Clock synchronization The accuracy of GPS time signals (plusmn10 ns)[51] is
second only to the atomic clocks upon which they are based Cellular telephony Clock synchronization enables time transfer which
is critical for synchronizing its spreading codes with other basestations to facilitate inter-cell handoff and support hybrid
GPScellular position detection for mobile emergency calls and other
applications The first handsets with integrated GPS launched in the late
1990s The US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) mandated thefeature in either the handset or in the towers (for use in
triangulation) in 2002 so emergency services could locate911 callers Third-party software developers later gained access to
GPS APIs from Nextel upon launch followed by Sprint in 2006 andVerizon soon thereafter
Disaster reliefemergency services Depend upon GPS for location and
timing capabilities
Geofencing Vehicle tracking systems person tracking systems and pet
tracking systems use GPS to locate a vehicle person or pet These
devices are attached to the vehicle person or the pet collar Theapplication provides continuous tracking and mobile or Internet
updates should the target leave a designated area[52]
Geotagging Applying location coordinates to digital objects such as
photographs and other documents for purposes such as creating map
overlays GPS Aircraft Tracking GPS tours Location determines what content to display for instance
information about an approaching point of interest
Map-making Both civilian and military cartographers use GPSextensively
Navigation Navigators value digitally precise velocity and orientationmeasurements
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1731
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1831
The VLR is the location and management data base for the mobile
subscribers roaming in the area controlled by the associated MSC(s)Whenever the MSC needs data related to a given mobile station
currently located in its area it interrogates the VLR When a mobilestation initiates a location updating procedure with an MSC the MSC
informs its VLR which stores the relevant information This procedure
occurs whenever an MS roams to another location area Also when a
subscriber activates a specific supplementary service or modifies some
data attached to a service the MSC informs (via the VLR) the HLRwhich stores these modifications and updates the VLR if required
C INTERFACE (HLR and the MSC)
The Gateway MSC must interrogate the HLR of the requiredsubscriber to obtain routing information for a call or a short message
directed to that subscriberD INTERFACE (HLR - VLR)
This interface is used to exchange the data related to the location ofthe mobile station and to the management of the subscriber The main
service provided to the mobile subscriber is the capability to set up orto receive calls within the whole service area To support this the
location registers have to exchange data The VLR informs the HLR ofthe location of a mobile station managed by the latter and provides it(either at location updating or at call set-up) with the roaming number
of that station The HLR sends to the VLR all the data needed tosupport the service to the mobile subscriber The HLR then instructs
the previous VLR to cancel the location registration of this subscriber
Exchanges of data may occur when the mobile subscriber requires aparticular service when he wants to change some data attached to his
subscription or when some parameters of the subscription are modifiedby administrative means
E INTERFACE (MSC ndash MSC)When a mobile station moves from one MSC area to another during a
call handover procedure has to be performed in order to continue the
communication For that purpose the MSCs have to exchange data to
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1931
initiate and then to realize the operation After the handover
operation has been completed the MSCs will exchange information totransfer A-interface signaling as necessary When a short message is
to be transferred between a Mobile Station and Short MessageService Centre (SC) in either direction this interface is used to
transfer the message between the MSC serving the Mobile Station and
the MSC which acts as the interface to the SC
F INTERFACE (MSC and EIR)
This interface is used between MSC and EIR to exchange data inorder that the EIR can verify the status of the IMEI retrieved from
the Mobile Station
G INTERFACE (VLR ndash VLR) When a mobile subscriber moves from a VLR area to another Location
Registration procedure will happen This procedure may include theretrieval of the IMSI and authentication parameters from the old VLRH INTERFACE (HLR - AuC)
When an HLR receives a request for authentication and ciphering data
for a Mobile Subscriber and it does not hold the requested data theHLR requests the data from the AuC The protocol used to transfer
the data over this interface is not standardisation
HANDOVER
Handover or handoff as it is called in North America is the switchingof an ongoing call to a different channel or cell There are four
different types of handover in the GSM system which involve
transferring a call betweenChannels (time slots) in the same cell
Cells (Base Transceiver Stations) under the control of the same BaseStation Controller (BSC)
Cells under the control of different BSCs but belonging to the sameMobile services Switching Center (MSC) and
Cells under the control of different MSCs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2131
102 Security
3G networks offer greater security than their 2G predecessors By
allowing the UE (User Equipment) to authenticate the network it is
attaching to the user can be sure the network is the intended one andnot an impersonator 3G networks use the KASUMI block crypto instead of
the older A51 stream cipher However a number of serious weaknesses in
the KASUMI cipher have been identified[19]
In addition to the 3G network infrastructure security end-to-end
security is offered when application frameworks such as IMS are
accessed although this is not strictly a 3G property
103 Applications of 3G
The bandwidth and location information available to 3G devices gives
rise to applications not previously available to mobile phone users Someof the applications are
Mobile TV
Video on demand Video conferencing Tele-medicine
Location-based services
11 Evolution
Both 3GPP and 3GPP2 are currently working on extensions to 3G standardthat are based on an all-IP network infrastructure and using advancedwireless technologies such as MIMO these specifications already
display features characteristic for IMT-Advanced (4G) the successor of3G However falling short of the bandwidth requirements for 4G
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2231
(which is 1 Gbits for stationary and 100 Mbits for mobile operation)
these standards are classified as 39G or Pre-4G
3GPP plans to meet the 4G goals with LTE Advanced whereas Qualcomm
has halted development of UMB in favour of the LTE family[5]
On 14 December 2009 Telia Sonera announced in an official press
release that We are very proud to be the first operator in the world
to offer our customers 4G services[20] With the launch of their LTEnetwork initially they are offering pre-4G (or beyond 3G ) services in
Stockholm Sweden and Oslo Nor
ABOUT 4GIn telecommunications 4G is the fourth generation of cellular wireless
standards It is a successor to the 3G and 2G families of standards In
2009 the ITU-R organization specified the IMT-Advanced
(International Mobile Telecommunications Advanced) requirements for4G standards setting peak speed requirements for 4G service at
100 Mbits for high mobility communication (such as from trains and
cars) and 1 Gbits for low mobility communication (such as pedestriansand stationary users)[1]
A 4G system is expected to provide a comprehensive and secure all-IP
based mobile broadband solution to laptop computer wireless modems smartphones and other mobile devices Facilities such as ultra-broadband
Internet access IP telephony gaming services and streamed multimedia
may be provided to users
Pre-4G technologies such as mobile WiMAX and first-release Long term
evolution (LTE) have been on the market since 2006[2] and 2009[3][4][5]
respectively and though often branded as 4G in marketing materials
the current versions of these technologies provide downstream peak
bitrates of 144 Mbits and 100 Mbits respectively and do consequently
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2331
not fulfill the original ITU-R requirements of data rates approximately
up to 1 Gbits for 4G systems
IMT -Advanced compliant versions of the above two standards are under
development and called ―LTE Advanced and ―WirelessMAN-Advancedrespectively ITU has decided that ―LTE Advanced and
―WirelessMAN-Advanced should be accorded the official designation
of IMT-Advanced On December 6 2010 ITU announced that current
versions of LTE WiMax and other evolved 3G technologies that do not
fulfill IMT-Advanced requirements could be considered 4G
provided they represent forerunners to IMT-Advanced and asubstantial level of improvement in performance and capabilities with
respect to the initial third generation systems now deployed[6]
In all suggestions for 4G the CDMA spread spectrum radio technology used
in 3G systems and IS-95 is abandoned and replaced by OFDMA and otherfrequency-domain equalization schemes[citation needed ] This is combined with MIMO
(Multiple In Multiple Out)
25G and 3G systems rely on double core network infrastructures traditional circuit-switchednetwork nodes (switching points) for telephony and packet-switched GPRS nodes for various
OVERVIEW OF GPRS TECHNOLOGY
111 Services offered
GPRS extends the GSM Packet circuit switched data capabilities and
makes the following services possible
SMS messaging and broadcasting
File manipulation functions
Active process block process Always on internet access
Multimedia messaging service (MMS)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2431
Push to talk over cellular (PoC)
Instant messaging and presencemdashwireless village Internet applications for smart devices through wireless application
protocol (WAP) Point-to-point (P2P) service inter-networking with the Internet (IP)
Point-to-Multipoint (P2M) service point-to-multipoint multicast and
point-to-multipoint group calls
If SMS over GPRS is used an SMS transmission speed of about 30
SMS messages per minute may be achieved This is much faster than
using the ordinary SMS over GSM whose SMS transmission speed isabout 6 to 10 SMS messages per minute
12 Usability
The maximum speed of a GPRS connection offered in
2003 was similar to a modem connection in an analog
wire telephone network about 32-40 kbits
depending on the phone used Latency is very highround-trip time (RTT) is typically about 600-700 ms
and often reaches 1 s GPRS is typically prioritized
lower than speech and thus the quality of connection
varies greatly
Devices with latencyRTT improvements (via for
example the extended UL TBF mode feature) are
generally available Also network upgrades offeatures are available with certain operators With
these enhancements the active round-trip time can
be reduced resulting in significant increase in
application-level throughput spe
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2631
the general system health and rough orbits of all GPS satellites (the
almanac)
The receiver uses the messages it receives to determine the transit
time of each message and computes the distance to each satelliteThese distances along with the satellites locations are used with the
possible aid of trilateration depending on which algorithm is used tocompute the position of the receiver This position is then displayed
perhaps with a moving map display or latitude and longitude elevation
information may be included Many GPS units show derived information
such as direction and speed calculated from position changes
Three satellites might seem enough to solve for position since spacehas three dimensions and a position near the Earths surface can beassumed However even a very small clock error multiplied by the very
large speed of light[31] mdash the speed at which satellite signals propagate mdash
results in a large positional error Therefore receivers use four or
more satellites to solve for the receivers location and time The very
accurately computed time is effectively hidden by most GPSapplications which use only the location A few specialized GPS
applications do however use the time these include time transfer trafficsignal timing and synchronization of cell phone base stations
Although four satellites are required for normal operation fewer applyin special cases If one variable is already known a receiver can
determine its position using only three satellites For example a ship oraircraft may have known elevation Some GPS receivers may use
additional clues or assumptions (such as reusing the last known altitude
dead reckoning inertial navigation or including information from the vehiclecomputer) to give a less accurate (degraded) position when fewer than
four satellites are visible
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2731
14 Applications
While originally a military project GPS is considered a dual-use
technology meaning it has significant military and civilian applicationsGPS has become a widely deployed and useful tool for commercescientific uses tracking and surveillance GPSs accurate time
facilitates everyday activities such as banking mobile phone
operations and even the control of power grids by allowing well
synchronized hand-off switching[38]
141 Civilian
See also GNSS applications and GPS navigation device
This antenna is mounted on the roof of a hut containing a scientific
experiment needing precise timing
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2831
Many civilian applications use one or more of GPSs three basic
components absolute location relative movement and time transfer
Clock synchronization The accuracy of GPS time signals (plusmn10 ns)[51] is
second only to the atomic clocks upon which they are based Cellular telephony Clock synchronization enables time transfer which
is critical for synchronizing its spreading codes with other basestations to facilitate inter-cell handoff and support hybrid
GPScellular position detection for mobile emergency calls and other
applications The first handsets with integrated GPS launched in the late
1990s The US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) mandated thefeature in either the handset or in the towers (for use in
triangulation) in 2002 so emergency services could locate911 callers Third-party software developers later gained access to
GPS APIs from Nextel upon launch followed by Sprint in 2006 andVerizon soon thereafter
Disaster reliefemergency services Depend upon GPS for location and
timing capabilities
Geofencing Vehicle tracking systems person tracking systems and pet
tracking systems use GPS to locate a vehicle person or pet These
devices are attached to the vehicle person or the pet collar Theapplication provides continuous tracking and mobile or Internet
updates should the target leave a designated area[52]
Geotagging Applying location coordinates to digital objects such as
photographs and other documents for purposes such as creating map
overlays GPS Aircraft Tracking GPS tours Location determines what content to display for instance
information about an approaching point of interest
Map-making Both civilian and military cartographers use GPSextensively
Navigation Navigators value digitally precise velocity and orientationmeasurements
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1831
The VLR is the location and management data base for the mobile
subscribers roaming in the area controlled by the associated MSC(s)Whenever the MSC needs data related to a given mobile station
currently located in its area it interrogates the VLR When a mobilestation initiates a location updating procedure with an MSC the MSC
informs its VLR which stores the relevant information This procedure
occurs whenever an MS roams to another location area Also when a
subscriber activates a specific supplementary service or modifies some
data attached to a service the MSC informs (via the VLR) the HLRwhich stores these modifications and updates the VLR if required
C INTERFACE (HLR and the MSC)
The Gateway MSC must interrogate the HLR of the requiredsubscriber to obtain routing information for a call or a short message
directed to that subscriberD INTERFACE (HLR - VLR)
This interface is used to exchange the data related to the location ofthe mobile station and to the management of the subscriber The main
service provided to the mobile subscriber is the capability to set up orto receive calls within the whole service area To support this the
location registers have to exchange data The VLR informs the HLR ofthe location of a mobile station managed by the latter and provides it(either at location updating or at call set-up) with the roaming number
of that station The HLR sends to the VLR all the data needed tosupport the service to the mobile subscriber The HLR then instructs
the previous VLR to cancel the location registration of this subscriber
Exchanges of data may occur when the mobile subscriber requires aparticular service when he wants to change some data attached to his
subscription or when some parameters of the subscription are modifiedby administrative means
E INTERFACE (MSC ndash MSC)When a mobile station moves from one MSC area to another during a
call handover procedure has to be performed in order to continue the
communication For that purpose the MSCs have to exchange data to
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1931
initiate and then to realize the operation After the handover
operation has been completed the MSCs will exchange information totransfer A-interface signaling as necessary When a short message is
to be transferred between a Mobile Station and Short MessageService Centre (SC) in either direction this interface is used to
transfer the message between the MSC serving the Mobile Station and
the MSC which acts as the interface to the SC
F INTERFACE (MSC and EIR)
This interface is used between MSC and EIR to exchange data inorder that the EIR can verify the status of the IMEI retrieved from
the Mobile Station
G INTERFACE (VLR ndash VLR) When a mobile subscriber moves from a VLR area to another Location
Registration procedure will happen This procedure may include theretrieval of the IMSI and authentication parameters from the old VLRH INTERFACE (HLR - AuC)
When an HLR receives a request for authentication and ciphering data
for a Mobile Subscriber and it does not hold the requested data theHLR requests the data from the AuC The protocol used to transfer
the data over this interface is not standardisation
HANDOVER
Handover or handoff as it is called in North America is the switchingof an ongoing call to a different channel or cell There are four
different types of handover in the GSM system which involve
transferring a call betweenChannels (time slots) in the same cell
Cells (Base Transceiver Stations) under the control of the same BaseStation Controller (BSC)
Cells under the control of different BSCs but belonging to the sameMobile services Switching Center (MSC) and
Cells under the control of different MSCs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2131
102 Security
3G networks offer greater security than their 2G predecessors By
allowing the UE (User Equipment) to authenticate the network it is
attaching to the user can be sure the network is the intended one andnot an impersonator 3G networks use the KASUMI block crypto instead of
the older A51 stream cipher However a number of serious weaknesses in
the KASUMI cipher have been identified[19]
In addition to the 3G network infrastructure security end-to-end
security is offered when application frameworks such as IMS are
accessed although this is not strictly a 3G property
103 Applications of 3G
The bandwidth and location information available to 3G devices gives
rise to applications not previously available to mobile phone users Someof the applications are
Mobile TV
Video on demand Video conferencing Tele-medicine
Location-based services
11 Evolution
Both 3GPP and 3GPP2 are currently working on extensions to 3G standardthat are based on an all-IP network infrastructure and using advancedwireless technologies such as MIMO these specifications already
display features characteristic for IMT-Advanced (4G) the successor of3G However falling short of the bandwidth requirements for 4G
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2231
(which is 1 Gbits for stationary and 100 Mbits for mobile operation)
these standards are classified as 39G or Pre-4G
3GPP plans to meet the 4G goals with LTE Advanced whereas Qualcomm
has halted development of UMB in favour of the LTE family[5]
On 14 December 2009 Telia Sonera announced in an official press
release that We are very proud to be the first operator in the world
to offer our customers 4G services[20] With the launch of their LTEnetwork initially they are offering pre-4G (or beyond 3G ) services in
Stockholm Sweden and Oslo Nor
ABOUT 4GIn telecommunications 4G is the fourth generation of cellular wireless
standards It is a successor to the 3G and 2G families of standards In
2009 the ITU-R organization specified the IMT-Advanced
(International Mobile Telecommunications Advanced) requirements for4G standards setting peak speed requirements for 4G service at
100 Mbits for high mobility communication (such as from trains and
cars) and 1 Gbits for low mobility communication (such as pedestriansand stationary users)[1]
A 4G system is expected to provide a comprehensive and secure all-IP
based mobile broadband solution to laptop computer wireless modems smartphones and other mobile devices Facilities such as ultra-broadband
Internet access IP telephony gaming services and streamed multimedia
may be provided to users
Pre-4G technologies such as mobile WiMAX and first-release Long term
evolution (LTE) have been on the market since 2006[2] and 2009[3][4][5]
respectively and though often branded as 4G in marketing materials
the current versions of these technologies provide downstream peak
bitrates of 144 Mbits and 100 Mbits respectively and do consequently
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2331
not fulfill the original ITU-R requirements of data rates approximately
up to 1 Gbits for 4G systems
IMT -Advanced compliant versions of the above two standards are under
development and called ―LTE Advanced and ―WirelessMAN-Advancedrespectively ITU has decided that ―LTE Advanced and
―WirelessMAN-Advanced should be accorded the official designation
of IMT-Advanced On December 6 2010 ITU announced that current
versions of LTE WiMax and other evolved 3G technologies that do not
fulfill IMT-Advanced requirements could be considered 4G
provided they represent forerunners to IMT-Advanced and asubstantial level of improvement in performance and capabilities with
respect to the initial third generation systems now deployed[6]
In all suggestions for 4G the CDMA spread spectrum radio technology used
in 3G systems and IS-95 is abandoned and replaced by OFDMA and otherfrequency-domain equalization schemes[citation needed ] This is combined with MIMO
(Multiple In Multiple Out)
25G and 3G systems rely on double core network infrastructures traditional circuit-switchednetwork nodes (switching points) for telephony and packet-switched GPRS nodes for various
OVERVIEW OF GPRS TECHNOLOGY
111 Services offered
GPRS extends the GSM Packet circuit switched data capabilities and
makes the following services possible
SMS messaging and broadcasting
File manipulation functions
Active process block process Always on internet access
Multimedia messaging service (MMS)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2431
Push to talk over cellular (PoC)
Instant messaging and presencemdashwireless village Internet applications for smart devices through wireless application
protocol (WAP) Point-to-point (P2P) service inter-networking with the Internet (IP)
Point-to-Multipoint (P2M) service point-to-multipoint multicast and
point-to-multipoint group calls
If SMS over GPRS is used an SMS transmission speed of about 30
SMS messages per minute may be achieved This is much faster than
using the ordinary SMS over GSM whose SMS transmission speed isabout 6 to 10 SMS messages per minute
12 Usability
The maximum speed of a GPRS connection offered in
2003 was similar to a modem connection in an analog
wire telephone network about 32-40 kbits
depending on the phone used Latency is very highround-trip time (RTT) is typically about 600-700 ms
and often reaches 1 s GPRS is typically prioritized
lower than speech and thus the quality of connection
varies greatly
Devices with latencyRTT improvements (via for
example the extended UL TBF mode feature) are
generally available Also network upgrades offeatures are available with certain operators With
these enhancements the active round-trip time can
be reduced resulting in significant increase in
application-level throughput spe
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2631
the general system health and rough orbits of all GPS satellites (the
almanac)
The receiver uses the messages it receives to determine the transit
time of each message and computes the distance to each satelliteThese distances along with the satellites locations are used with the
possible aid of trilateration depending on which algorithm is used tocompute the position of the receiver This position is then displayed
perhaps with a moving map display or latitude and longitude elevation
information may be included Many GPS units show derived information
such as direction and speed calculated from position changes
Three satellites might seem enough to solve for position since spacehas three dimensions and a position near the Earths surface can beassumed However even a very small clock error multiplied by the very
large speed of light[31] mdash the speed at which satellite signals propagate mdash
results in a large positional error Therefore receivers use four or
more satellites to solve for the receivers location and time The very
accurately computed time is effectively hidden by most GPSapplications which use only the location A few specialized GPS
applications do however use the time these include time transfer trafficsignal timing and synchronization of cell phone base stations
Although four satellites are required for normal operation fewer applyin special cases If one variable is already known a receiver can
determine its position using only three satellites For example a ship oraircraft may have known elevation Some GPS receivers may use
additional clues or assumptions (such as reusing the last known altitude
dead reckoning inertial navigation or including information from the vehiclecomputer) to give a less accurate (degraded) position when fewer than
four satellites are visible
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2731
14 Applications
While originally a military project GPS is considered a dual-use
technology meaning it has significant military and civilian applicationsGPS has become a widely deployed and useful tool for commercescientific uses tracking and surveillance GPSs accurate time
facilitates everyday activities such as banking mobile phone
operations and even the control of power grids by allowing well
synchronized hand-off switching[38]
141 Civilian
See also GNSS applications and GPS navigation device
This antenna is mounted on the roof of a hut containing a scientific
experiment needing precise timing
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2831
Many civilian applications use one or more of GPSs three basic
components absolute location relative movement and time transfer
Clock synchronization The accuracy of GPS time signals (plusmn10 ns)[51] is
second only to the atomic clocks upon which they are based Cellular telephony Clock synchronization enables time transfer which
is critical for synchronizing its spreading codes with other basestations to facilitate inter-cell handoff and support hybrid
GPScellular position detection for mobile emergency calls and other
applications The first handsets with integrated GPS launched in the late
1990s The US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) mandated thefeature in either the handset or in the towers (for use in
triangulation) in 2002 so emergency services could locate911 callers Third-party software developers later gained access to
GPS APIs from Nextel upon launch followed by Sprint in 2006 andVerizon soon thereafter
Disaster reliefemergency services Depend upon GPS for location and
timing capabilities
Geofencing Vehicle tracking systems person tracking systems and pet
tracking systems use GPS to locate a vehicle person or pet These
devices are attached to the vehicle person or the pet collar Theapplication provides continuous tracking and mobile or Internet
updates should the target leave a designated area[52]
Geotagging Applying location coordinates to digital objects such as
photographs and other documents for purposes such as creating map
overlays GPS Aircraft Tracking GPS tours Location determines what content to display for instance
information about an approaching point of interest
Map-making Both civilian and military cartographers use GPSextensively
Navigation Navigators value digitally precise velocity and orientationmeasurements
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 1931
initiate and then to realize the operation After the handover
operation has been completed the MSCs will exchange information totransfer A-interface signaling as necessary When a short message is
to be transferred between a Mobile Station and Short MessageService Centre (SC) in either direction this interface is used to
transfer the message between the MSC serving the Mobile Station and
the MSC which acts as the interface to the SC
F INTERFACE (MSC and EIR)
This interface is used between MSC and EIR to exchange data inorder that the EIR can verify the status of the IMEI retrieved from
the Mobile Station
G INTERFACE (VLR ndash VLR) When a mobile subscriber moves from a VLR area to another Location
Registration procedure will happen This procedure may include theretrieval of the IMSI and authentication parameters from the old VLRH INTERFACE (HLR - AuC)
When an HLR receives a request for authentication and ciphering data
for a Mobile Subscriber and it does not hold the requested data theHLR requests the data from the AuC The protocol used to transfer
the data over this interface is not standardisation
HANDOVER
Handover or handoff as it is called in North America is the switchingof an ongoing call to a different channel or cell There are four
different types of handover in the GSM system which involve
transferring a call betweenChannels (time slots) in the same cell
Cells (Base Transceiver Stations) under the control of the same BaseStation Controller (BSC)
Cells under the control of different BSCs but belonging to the sameMobile services Switching Center (MSC) and
Cells under the control of different MSCs
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2131
102 Security
3G networks offer greater security than their 2G predecessors By
allowing the UE (User Equipment) to authenticate the network it is
attaching to the user can be sure the network is the intended one andnot an impersonator 3G networks use the KASUMI block crypto instead of
the older A51 stream cipher However a number of serious weaknesses in
the KASUMI cipher have been identified[19]
In addition to the 3G network infrastructure security end-to-end
security is offered when application frameworks such as IMS are
accessed although this is not strictly a 3G property
103 Applications of 3G
The bandwidth and location information available to 3G devices gives
rise to applications not previously available to mobile phone users Someof the applications are
Mobile TV
Video on demand Video conferencing Tele-medicine
Location-based services
11 Evolution
Both 3GPP and 3GPP2 are currently working on extensions to 3G standardthat are based on an all-IP network infrastructure and using advancedwireless technologies such as MIMO these specifications already
display features characteristic for IMT-Advanced (4G) the successor of3G However falling short of the bandwidth requirements for 4G
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2231
(which is 1 Gbits for stationary and 100 Mbits for mobile operation)
these standards are classified as 39G or Pre-4G
3GPP plans to meet the 4G goals with LTE Advanced whereas Qualcomm
has halted development of UMB in favour of the LTE family[5]
On 14 December 2009 Telia Sonera announced in an official press
release that We are very proud to be the first operator in the world
to offer our customers 4G services[20] With the launch of their LTEnetwork initially they are offering pre-4G (or beyond 3G ) services in
Stockholm Sweden and Oslo Nor
ABOUT 4GIn telecommunications 4G is the fourth generation of cellular wireless
standards It is a successor to the 3G and 2G families of standards In
2009 the ITU-R organization specified the IMT-Advanced
(International Mobile Telecommunications Advanced) requirements for4G standards setting peak speed requirements for 4G service at
100 Mbits for high mobility communication (such as from trains and
cars) and 1 Gbits for low mobility communication (such as pedestriansand stationary users)[1]
A 4G system is expected to provide a comprehensive and secure all-IP
based mobile broadband solution to laptop computer wireless modems smartphones and other mobile devices Facilities such as ultra-broadband
Internet access IP telephony gaming services and streamed multimedia
may be provided to users
Pre-4G technologies such as mobile WiMAX and first-release Long term
evolution (LTE) have been on the market since 2006[2] and 2009[3][4][5]
respectively and though often branded as 4G in marketing materials
the current versions of these technologies provide downstream peak
bitrates of 144 Mbits and 100 Mbits respectively and do consequently
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2331
not fulfill the original ITU-R requirements of data rates approximately
up to 1 Gbits for 4G systems
IMT -Advanced compliant versions of the above two standards are under
development and called ―LTE Advanced and ―WirelessMAN-Advancedrespectively ITU has decided that ―LTE Advanced and
―WirelessMAN-Advanced should be accorded the official designation
of IMT-Advanced On December 6 2010 ITU announced that current
versions of LTE WiMax and other evolved 3G technologies that do not
fulfill IMT-Advanced requirements could be considered 4G
provided they represent forerunners to IMT-Advanced and asubstantial level of improvement in performance and capabilities with
respect to the initial third generation systems now deployed[6]
In all suggestions for 4G the CDMA spread spectrum radio technology used
in 3G systems and IS-95 is abandoned and replaced by OFDMA and otherfrequency-domain equalization schemes[citation needed ] This is combined with MIMO
(Multiple In Multiple Out)
25G and 3G systems rely on double core network infrastructures traditional circuit-switchednetwork nodes (switching points) for telephony and packet-switched GPRS nodes for various
OVERVIEW OF GPRS TECHNOLOGY
111 Services offered
GPRS extends the GSM Packet circuit switched data capabilities and
makes the following services possible
SMS messaging and broadcasting
File manipulation functions
Active process block process Always on internet access
Multimedia messaging service (MMS)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2431
Push to talk over cellular (PoC)
Instant messaging and presencemdashwireless village Internet applications for smart devices through wireless application
protocol (WAP) Point-to-point (P2P) service inter-networking with the Internet (IP)
Point-to-Multipoint (P2M) service point-to-multipoint multicast and
point-to-multipoint group calls
If SMS over GPRS is used an SMS transmission speed of about 30
SMS messages per minute may be achieved This is much faster than
using the ordinary SMS over GSM whose SMS transmission speed isabout 6 to 10 SMS messages per minute
12 Usability
The maximum speed of a GPRS connection offered in
2003 was similar to a modem connection in an analog
wire telephone network about 32-40 kbits
depending on the phone used Latency is very highround-trip time (RTT) is typically about 600-700 ms
and often reaches 1 s GPRS is typically prioritized
lower than speech and thus the quality of connection
varies greatly
Devices with latencyRTT improvements (via for
example the extended UL TBF mode feature) are
generally available Also network upgrades offeatures are available with certain operators With
these enhancements the active round-trip time can
be reduced resulting in significant increase in
application-level throughput spe
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2631
the general system health and rough orbits of all GPS satellites (the
almanac)
The receiver uses the messages it receives to determine the transit
time of each message and computes the distance to each satelliteThese distances along with the satellites locations are used with the
possible aid of trilateration depending on which algorithm is used tocompute the position of the receiver This position is then displayed
perhaps with a moving map display or latitude and longitude elevation
information may be included Many GPS units show derived information
such as direction and speed calculated from position changes
Three satellites might seem enough to solve for position since spacehas three dimensions and a position near the Earths surface can beassumed However even a very small clock error multiplied by the very
large speed of light[31] mdash the speed at which satellite signals propagate mdash
results in a large positional error Therefore receivers use four or
more satellites to solve for the receivers location and time The very
accurately computed time is effectively hidden by most GPSapplications which use only the location A few specialized GPS
applications do however use the time these include time transfer trafficsignal timing and synchronization of cell phone base stations
Although four satellites are required for normal operation fewer applyin special cases If one variable is already known a receiver can
determine its position using only three satellites For example a ship oraircraft may have known elevation Some GPS receivers may use
additional clues or assumptions (such as reusing the last known altitude
dead reckoning inertial navigation or including information from the vehiclecomputer) to give a less accurate (degraded) position when fewer than
four satellites are visible
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2731
14 Applications
While originally a military project GPS is considered a dual-use
technology meaning it has significant military and civilian applicationsGPS has become a widely deployed and useful tool for commercescientific uses tracking and surveillance GPSs accurate time
facilitates everyday activities such as banking mobile phone
operations and even the control of power grids by allowing well
synchronized hand-off switching[38]
141 Civilian
See also GNSS applications and GPS navigation device
This antenna is mounted on the roof of a hut containing a scientific
experiment needing precise timing
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2831
Many civilian applications use one or more of GPSs three basic
components absolute location relative movement and time transfer
Clock synchronization The accuracy of GPS time signals (plusmn10 ns)[51] is
second only to the atomic clocks upon which they are based Cellular telephony Clock synchronization enables time transfer which
is critical for synchronizing its spreading codes with other basestations to facilitate inter-cell handoff and support hybrid
GPScellular position detection for mobile emergency calls and other
applications The first handsets with integrated GPS launched in the late
1990s The US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) mandated thefeature in either the handset or in the towers (for use in
triangulation) in 2002 so emergency services could locate911 callers Third-party software developers later gained access to
GPS APIs from Nextel upon launch followed by Sprint in 2006 andVerizon soon thereafter
Disaster reliefemergency services Depend upon GPS for location and
timing capabilities
Geofencing Vehicle tracking systems person tracking systems and pet
tracking systems use GPS to locate a vehicle person or pet These
devices are attached to the vehicle person or the pet collar Theapplication provides continuous tracking and mobile or Internet
updates should the target leave a designated area[52]
Geotagging Applying location coordinates to digital objects such as
photographs and other documents for purposes such as creating map
overlays GPS Aircraft Tracking GPS tours Location determines what content to display for instance
information about an approaching point of interest
Map-making Both civilian and military cartographers use GPSextensively
Navigation Navigators value digitally precise velocity and orientationmeasurements
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2031
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2131
102 Security
3G networks offer greater security than their 2G predecessors By
allowing the UE (User Equipment) to authenticate the network it is
attaching to the user can be sure the network is the intended one andnot an impersonator 3G networks use the KASUMI block crypto instead of
the older A51 stream cipher However a number of serious weaknesses in
the KASUMI cipher have been identified[19]
In addition to the 3G network infrastructure security end-to-end
security is offered when application frameworks such as IMS are
accessed although this is not strictly a 3G property
103 Applications of 3G
The bandwidth and location information available to 3G devices gives
rise to applications not previously available to mobile phone users Someof the applications are
Mobile TV
Video on demand Video conferencing Tele-medicine
Location-based services
11 Evolution
Both 3GPP and 3GPP2 are currently working on extensions to 3G standardthat are based on an all-IP network infrastructure and using advancedwireless technologies such as MIMO these specifications already
display features characteristic for IMT-Advanced (4G) the successor of3G However falling short of the bandwidth requirements for 4G
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2231
(which is 1 Gbits for stationary and 100 Mbits for mobile operation)
these standards are classified as 39G or Pre-4G
3GPP plans to meet the 4G goals with LTE Advanced whereas Qualcomm
has halted development of UMB in favour of the LTE family[5]
On 14 December 2009 Telia Sonera announced in an official press
release that We are very proud to be the first operator in the world
to offer our customers 4G services[20] With the launch of their LTEnetwork initially they are offering pre-4G (or beyond 3G ) services in
Stockholm Sweden and Oslo Nor
ABOUT 4GIn telecommunications 4G is the fourth generation of cellular wireless
standards It is a successor to the 3G and 2G families of standards In
2009 the ITU-R organization specified the IMT-Advanced
(International Mobile Telecommunications Advanced) requirements for4G standards setting peak speed requirements for 4G service at
100 Mbits for high mobility communication (such as from trains and
cars) and 1 Gbits for low mobility communication (such as pedestriansand stationary users)[1]
A 4G system is expected to provide a comprehensive and secure all-IP
based mobile broadband solution to laptop computer wireless modems smartphones and other mobile devices Facilities such as ultra-broadband
Internet access IP telephony gaming services and streamed multimedia
may be provided to users
Pre-4G technologies such as mobile WiMAX and first-release Long term
evolution (LTE) have been on the market since 2006[2] and 2009[3][4][5]
respectively and though often branded as 4G in marketing materials
the current versions of these technologies provide downstream peak
bitrates of 144 Mbits and 100 Mbits respectively and do consequently
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2331
not fulfill the original ITU-R requirements of data rates approximately
up to 1 Gbits for 4G systems
IMT -Advanced compliant versions of the above two standards are under
development and called ―LTE Advanced and ―WirelessMAN-Advancedrespectively ITU has decided that ―LTE Advanced and
―WirelessMAN-Advanced should be accorded the official designation
of IMT-Advanced On December 6 2010 ITU announced that current
versions of LTE WiMax and other evolved 3G technologies that do not
fulfill IMT-Advanced requirements could be considered 4G
provided they represent forerunners to IMT-Advanced and asubstantial level of improvement in performance and capabilities with
respect to the initial third generation systems now deployed[6]
In all suggestions for 4G the CDMA spread spectrum radio technology used
in 3G systems and IS-95 is abandoned and replaced by OFDMA and otherfrequency-domain equalization schemes[citation needed ] This is combined with MIMO
(Multiple In Multiple Out)
25G and 3G systems rely on double core network infrastructures traditional circuit-switchednetwork nodes (switching points) for telephony and packet-switched GPRS nodes for various
OVERVIEW OF GPRS TECHNOLOGY
111 Services offered
GPRS extends the GSM Packet circuit switched data capabilities and
makes the following services possible
SMS messaging and broadcasting
File manipulation functions
Active process block process Always on internet access
Multimedia messaging service (MMS)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2431
Push to talk over cellular (PoC)
Instant messaging and presencemdashwireless village Internet applications for smart devices through wireless application
protocol (WAP) Point-to-point (P2P) service inter-networking with the Internet (IP)
Point-to-Multipoint (P2M) service point-to-multipoint multicast and
point-to-multipoint group calls
If SMS over GPRS is used an SMS transmission speed of about 30
SMS messages per minute may be achieved This is much faster than
using the ordinary SMS over GSM whose SMS transmission speed isabout 6 to 10 SMS messages per minute
12 Usability
The maximum speed of a GPRS connection offered in
2003 was similar to a modem connection in an analog
wire telephone network about 32-40 kbits
depending on the phone used Latency is very highround-trip time (RTT) is typically about 600-700 ms
and often reaches 1 s GPRS is typically prioritized
lower than speech and thus the quality of connection
varies greatly
Devices with latencyRTT improvements (via for
example the extended UL TBF mode feature) are
generally available Also network upgrades offeatures are available with certain operators With
these enhancements the active round-trip time can
be reduced resulting in significant increase in
application-level throughput spe
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2631
the general system health and rough orbits of all GPS satellites (the
almanac)
The receiver uses the messages it receives to determine the transit
time of each message and computes the distance to each satelliteThese distances along with the satellites locations are used with the
possible aid of trilateration depending on which algorithm is used tocompute the position of the receiver This position is then displayed
perhaps with a moving map display or latitude and longitude elevation
information may be included Many GPS units show derived information
such as direction and speed calculated from position changes
Three satellites might seem enough to solve for position since spacehas three dimensions and a position near the Earths surface can beassumed However even a very small clock error multiplied by the very
large speed of light[31] mdash the speed at which satellite signals propagate mdash
results in a large positional error Therefore receivers use four or
more satellites to solve for the receivers location and time The very
accurately computed time is effectively hidden by most GPSapplications which use only the location A few specialized GPS
applications do however use the time these include time transfer trafficsignal timing and synchronization of cell phone base stations
Although four satellites are required for normal operation fewer applyin special cases If one variable is already known a receiver can
determine its position using only three satellites For example a ship oraircraft may have known elevation Some GPS receivers may use
additional clues or assumptions (such as reusing the last known altitude
dead reckoning inertial navigation or including information from the vehiclecomputer) to give a less accurate (degraded) position when fewer than
four satellites are visible
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2731
14 Applications
While originally a military project GPS is considered a dual-use
technology meaning it has significant military and civilian applicationsGPS has become a widely deployed and useful tool for commercescientific uses tracking and surveillance GPSs accurate time
facilitates everyday activities such as banking mobile phone
operations and even the control of power grids by allowing well
synchronized hand-off switching[38]
141 Civilian
See also GNSS applications and GPS navigation device
This antenna is mounted on the roof of a hut containing a scientific
experiment needing precise timing
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2831
Many civilian applications use one or more of GPSs three basic
components absolute location relative movement and time transfer
Clock synchronization The accuracy of GPS time signals (plusmn10 ns)[51] is
second only to the atomic clocks upon which they are based Cellular telephony Clock synchronization enables time transfer which
is critical for synchronizing its spreading codes with other basestations to facilitate inter-cell handoff and support hybrid
GPScellular position detection for mobile emergency calls and other
applications The first handsets with integrated GPS launched in the late
1990s The US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) mandated thefeature in either the handset or in the towers (for use in
triangulation) in 2002 so emergency services could locate911 callers Third-party software developers later gained access to
GPS APIs from Nextel upon launch followed by Sprint in 2006 andVerizon soon thereafter
Disaster reliefemergency services Depend upon GPS for location and
timing capabilities
Geofencing Vehicle tracking systems person tracking systems and pet
tracking systems use GPS to locate a vehicle person or pet These
devices are attached to the vehicle person or the pet collar Theapplication provides continuous tracking and mobile or Internet
updates should the target leave a designated area[52]
Geotagging Applying location coordinates to digital objects such as
photographs and other documents for purposes such as creating map
overlays GPS Aircraft Tracking GPS tours Location determines what content to display for instance
information about an approaching point of interest
Map-making Both civilian and military cartographers use GPSextensively
Navigation Navigators value digitally precise velocity and orientationmeasurements
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2131
102 Security
3G networks offer greater security than their 2G predecessors By
allowing the UE (User Equipment) to authenticate the network it is
attaching to the user can be sure the network is the intended one andnot an impersonator 3G networks use the KASUMI block crypto instead of
the older A51 stream cipher However a number of serious weaknesses in
the KASUMI cipher have been identified[19]
In addition to the 3G network infrastructure security end-to-end
security is offered when application frameworks such as IMS are
accessed although this is not strictly a 3G property
103 Applications of 3G
The bandwidth and location information available to 3G devices gives
rise to applications not previously available to mobile phone users Someof the applications are
Mobile TV
Video on demand Video conferencing Tele-medicine
Location-based services
11 Evolution
Both 3GPP and 3GPP2 are currently working on extensions to 3G standardthat are based on an all-IP network infrastructure and using advancedwireless technologies such as MIMO these specifications already
display features characteristic for IMT-Advanced (4G) the successor of3G However falling short of the bandwidth requirements for 4G
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2231
(which is 1 Gbits for stationary and 100 Mbits for mobile operation)
these standards are classified as 39G or Pre-4G
3GPP plans to meet the 4G goals with LTE Advanced whereas Qualcomm
has halted development of UMB in favour of the LTE family[5]
On 14 December 2009 Telia Sonera announced in an official press
release that We are very proud to be the first operator in the world
to offer our customers 4G services[20] With the launch of their LTEnetwork initially they are offering pre-4G (or beyond 3G ) services in
Stockholm Sweden and Oslo Nor
ABOUT 4GIn telecommunications 4G is the fourth generation of cellular wireless
standards It is a successor to the 3G and 2G families of standards In
2009 the ITU-R organization specified the IMT-Advanced
(International Mobile Telecommunications Advanced) requirements for4G standards setting peak speed requirements for 4G service at
100 Mbits for high mobility communication (such as from trains and
cars) and 1 Gbits for low mobility communication (such as pedestriansand stationary users)[1]
A 4G system is expected to provide a comprehensive and secure all-IP
based mobile broadband solution to laptop computer wireless modems smartphones and other mobile devices Facilities such as ultra-broadband
Internet access IP telephony gaming services and streamed multimedia
may be provided to users
Pre-4G technologies such as mobile WiMAX and first-release Long term
evolution (LTE) have been on the market since 2006[2] and 2009[3][4][5]
respectively and though often branded as 4G in marketing materials
the current versions of these technologies provide downstream peak
bitrates of 144 Mbits and 100 Mbits respectively and do consequently
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2331
not fulfill the original ITU-R requirements of data rates approximately
up to 1 Gbits for 4G systems
IMT -Advanced compliant versions of the above two standards are under
development and called ―LTE Advanced and ―WirelessMAN-Advancedrespectively ITU has decided that ―LTE Advanced and
―WirelessMAN-Advanced should be accorded the official designation
of IMT-Advanced On December 6 2010 ITU announced that current
versions of LTE WiMax and other evolved 3G technologies that do not
fulfill IMT-Advanced requirements could be considered 4G
provided they represent forerunners to IMT-Advanced and asubstantial level of improvement in performance and capabilities with
respect to the initial third generation systems now deployed[6]
In all suggestions for 4G the CDMA spread spectrum radio technology used
in 3G systems and IS-95 is abandoned and replaced by OFDMA and otherfrequency-domain equalization schemes[citation needed ] This is combined with MIMO
(Multiple In Multiple Out)
25G and 3G systems rely on double core network infrastructures traditional circuit-switchednetwork nodes (switching points) for telephony and packet-switched GPRS nodes for various
OVERVIEW OF GPRS TECHNOLOGY
111 Services offered
GPRS extends the GSM Packet circuit switched data capabilities and
makes the following services possible
SMS messaging and broadcasting
File manipulation functions
Active process block process Always on internet access
Multimedia messaging service (MMS)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2431
Push to talk over cellular (PoC)
Instant messaging and presencemdashwireless village Internet applications for smart devices through wireless application
protocol (WAP) Point-to-point (P2P) service inter-networking with the Internet (IP)
Point-to-Multipoint (P2M) service point-to-multipoint multicast and
point-to-multipoint group calls
If SMS over GPRS is used an SMS transmission speed of about 30
SMS messages per minute may be achieved This is much faster than
using the ordinary SMS over GSM whose SMS transmission speed isabout 6 to 10 SMS messages per minute
12 Usability
The maximum speed of a GPRS connection offered in
2003 was similar to a modem connection in an analog
wire telephone network about 32-40 kbits
depending on the phone used Latency is very highround-trip time (RTT) is typically about 600-700 ms
and often reaches 1 s GPRS is typically prioritized
lower than speech and thus the quality of connection
varies greatly
Devices with latencyRTT improvements (via for
example the extended UL TBF mode feature) are
generally available Also network upgrades offeatures are available with certain operators With
these enhancements the active round-trip time can
be reduced resulting in significant increase in
application-level throughput spe
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2631
the general system health and rough orbits of all GPS satellites (the
almanac)
The receiver uses the messages it receives to determine the transit
time of each message and computes the distance to each satelliteThese distances along with the satellites locations are used with the
possible aid of trilateration depending on which algorithm is used tocompute the position of the receiver This position is then displayed
perhaps with a moving map display or latitude and longitude elevation
information may be included Many GPS units show derived information
such as direction and speed calculated from position changes
Three satellites might seem enough to solve for position since spacehas three dimensions and a position near the Earths surface can beassumed However even a very small clock error multiplied by the very
large speed of light[31] mdash the speed at which satellite signals propagate mdash
results in a large positional error Therefore receivers use four or
more satellites to solve for the receivers location and time The very
accurately computed time is effectively hidden by most GPSapplications which use only the location A few specialized GPS
applications do however use the time these include time transfer trafficsignal timing and synchronization of cell phone base stations
Although four satellites are required for normal operation fewer applyin special cases If one variable is already known a receiver can
determine its position using only three satellites For example a ship oraircraft may have known elevation Some GPS receivers may use
additional clues or assumptions (such as reusing the last known altitude
dead reckoning inertial navigation or including information from the vehiclecomputer) to give a less accurate (degraded) position when fewer than
four satellites are visible
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2731
14 Applications
While originally a military project GPS is considered a dual-use
technology meaning it has significant military and civilian applicationsGPS has become a widely deployed and useful tool for commercescientific uses tracking and surveillance GPSs accurate time
facilitates everyday activities such as banking mobile phone
operations and even the control of power grids by allowing well
synchronized hand-off switching[38]
141 Civilian
See also GNSS applications and GPS navigation device
This antenna is mounted on the roof of a hut containing a scientific
experiment needing precise timing
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2831
Many civilian applications use one or more of GPSs three basic
components absolute location relative movement and time transfer
Clock synchronization The accuracy of GPS time signals (plusmn10 ns)[51] is
second only to the atomic clocks upon which they are based Cellular telephony Clock synchronization enables time transfer which
is critical for synchronizing its spreading codes with other basestations to facilitate inter-cell handoff and support hybrid
GPScellular position detection for mobile emergency calls and other
applications The first handsets with integrated GPS launched in the late
1990s The US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) mandated thefeature in either the handset or in the towers (for use in
triangulation) in 2002 so emergency services could locate911 callers Third-party software developers later gained access to
GPS APIs from Nextel upon launch followed by Sprint in 2006 andVerizon soon thereafter
Disaster reliefemergency services Depend upon GPS for location and
timing capabilities
Geofencing Vehicle tracking systems person tracking systems and pet
tracking systems use GPS to locate a vehicle person or pet These
devices are attached to the vehicle person or the pet collar Theapplication provides continuous tracking and mobile or Internet
updates should the target leave a designated area[52]
Geotagging Applying location coordinates to digital objects such as
photographs and other documents for purposes such as creating map
overlays GPS Aircraft Tracking GPS tours Location determines what content to display for instance
information about an approaching point of interest
Map-making Both civilian and military cartographers use GPSextensively
Navigation Navigators value digitally precise velocity and orientationmeasurements
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2231
(which is 1 Gbits for stationary and 100 Mbits for mobile operation)
these standards are classified as 39G or Pre-4G
3GPP plans to meet the 4G goals with LTE Advanced whereas Qualcomm
has halted development of UMB in favour of the LTE family[5]
On 14 December 2009 Telia Sonera announced in an official press
release that We are very proud to be the first operator in the world
to offer our customers 4G services[20] With the launch of their LTEnetwork initially they are offering pre-4G (or beyond 3G ) services in
Stockholm Sweden and Oslo Nor
ABOUT 4GIn telecommunications 4G is the fourth generation of cellular wireless
standards It is a successor to the 3G and 2G families of standards In
2009 the ITU-R organization specified the IMT-Advanced
(International Mobile Telecommunications Advanced) requirements for4G standards setting peak speed requirements for 4G service at
100 Mbits for high mobility communication (such as from trains and
cars) and 1 Gbits for low mobility communication (such as pedestriansand stationary users)[1]
A 4G system is expected to provide a comprehensive and secure all-IP
based mobile broadband solution to laptop computer wireless modems smartphones and other mobile devices Facilities such as ultra-broadband
Internet access IP telephony gaming services and streamed multimedia
may be provided to users
Pre-4G technologies such as mobile WiMAX and first-release Long term
evolution (LTE) have been on the market since 2006[2] and 2009[3][4][5]
respectively and though often branded as 4G in marketing materials
the current versions of these technologies provide downstream peak
bitrates of 144 Mbits and 100 Mbits respectively and do consequently
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2331
not fulfill the original ITU-R requirements of data rates approximately
up to 1 Gbits for 4G systems
IMT -Advanced compliant versions of the above two standards are under
development and called ―LTE Advanced and ―WirelessMAN-Advancedrespectively ITU has decided that ―LTE Advanced and
―WirelessMAN-Advanced should be accorded the official designation
of IMT-Advanced On December 6 2010 ITU announced that current
versions of LTE WiMax and other evolved 3G technologies that do not
fulfill IMT-Advanced requirements could be considered 4G
provided they represent forerunners to IMT-Advanced and asubstantial level of improvement in performance and capabilities with
respect to the initial third generation systems now deployed[6]
In all suggestions for 4G the CDMA spread spectrum radio technology used
in 3G systems and IS-95 is abandoned and replaced by OFDMA and otherfrequency-domain equalization schemes[citation needed ] This is combined with MIMO
(Multiple In Multiple Out)
25G and 3G systems rely on double core network infrastructures traditional circuit-switchednetwork nodes (switching points) for telephony and packet-switched GPRS nodes for various
OVERVIEW OF GPRS TECHNOLOGY
111 Services offered
GPRS extends the GSM Packet circuit switched data capabilities and
makes the following services possible
SMS messaging and broadcasting
File manipulation functions
Active process block process Always on internet access
Multimedia messaging service (MMS)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2431
Push to talk over cellular (PoC)
Instant messaging and presencemdashwireless village Internet applications for smart devices through wireless application
protocol (WAP) Point-to-point (P2P) service inter-networking with the Internet (IP)
Point-to-Multipoint (P2M) service point-to-multipoint multicast and
point-to-multipoint group calls
If SMS over GPRS is used an SMS transmission speed of about 30
SMS messages per minute may be achieved This is much faster than
using the ordinary SMS over GSM whose SMS transmission speed isabout 6 to 10 SMS messages per minute
12 Usability
The maximum speed of a GPRS connection offered in
2003 was similar to a modem connection in an analog
wire telephone network about 32-40 kbits
depending on the phone used Latency is very highround-trip time (RTT) is typically about 600-700 ms
and often reaches 1 s GPRS is typically prioritized
lower than speech and thus the quality of connection
varies greatly
Devices with latencyRTT improvements (via for
example the extended UL TBF mode feature) are
generally available Also network upgrades offeatures are available with certain operators With
these enhancements the active round-trip time can
be reduced resulting in significant increase in
application-level throughput spe
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2631
the general system health and rough orbits of all GPS satellites (the
almanac)
The receiver uses the messages it receives to determine the transit
time of each message and computes the distance to each satelliteThese distances along with the satellites locations are used with the
possible aid of trilateration depending on which algorithm is used tocompute the position of the receiver This position is then displayed
perhaps with a moving map display or latitude and longitude elevation
information may be included Many GPS units show derived information
such as direction and speed calculated from position changes
Three satellites might seem enough to solve for position since spacehas three dimensions and a position near the Earths surface can beassumed However even a very small clock error multiplied by the very
large speed of light[31] mdash the speed at which satellite signals propagate mdash
results in a large positional error Therefore receivers use four or
more satellites to solve for the receivers location and time The very
accurately computed time is effectively hidden by most GPSapplications which use only the location A few specialized GPS
applications do however use the time these include time transfer trafficsignal timing and synchronization of cell phone base stations
Although four satellites are required for normal operation fewer applyin special cases If one variable is already known a receiver can
determine its position using only three satellites For example a ship oraircraft may have known elevation Some GPS receivers may use
additional clues or assumptions (such as reusing the last known altitude
dead reckoning inertial navigation or including information from the vehiclecomputer) to give a less accurate (degraded) position when fewer than
four satellites are visible
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2731
14 Applications
While originally a military project GPS is considered a dual-use
technology meaning it has significant military and civilian applicationsGPS has become a widely deployed and useful tool for commercescientific uses tracking and surveillance GPSs accurate time
facilitates everyday activities such as banking mobile phone
operations and even the control of power grids by allowing well
synchronized hand-off switching[38]
141 Civilian
See also GNSS applications and GPS navigation device
This antenna is mounted on the roof of a hut containing a scientific
experiment needing precise timing
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2831
Many civilian applications use one or more of GPSs three basic
components absolute location relative movement and time transfer
Clock synchronization The accuracy of GPS time signals (plusmn10 ns)[51] is
second only to the atomic clocks upon which they are based Cellular telephony Clock synchronization enables time transfer which
is critical for synchronizing its spreading codes with other basestations to facilitate inter-cell handoff and support hybrid
GPScellular position detection for mobile emergency calls and other
applications The first handsets with integrated GPS launched in the late
1990s The US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) mandated thefeature in either the handset or in the towers (for use in
triangulation) in 2002 so emergency services could locate911 callers Third-party software developers later gained access to
GPS APIs from Nextel upon launch followed by Sprint in 2006 andVerizon soon thereafter
Disaster reliefemergency services Depend upon GPS for location and
timing capabilities
Geofencing Vehicle tracking systems person tracking systems and pet
tracking systems use GPS to locate a vehicle person or pet These
devices are attached to the vehicle person or the pet collar Theapplication provides continuous tracking and mobile or Internet
updates should the target leave a designated area[52]
Geotagging Applying location coordinates to digital objects such as
photographs and other documents for purposes such as creating map
overlays GPS Aircraft Tracking GPS tours Location determines what content to display for instance
information about an approaching point of interest
Map-making Both civilian and military cartographers use GPSextensively
Navigation Navigators value digitally precise velocity and orientationmeasurements
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2331
not fulfill the original ITU-R requirements of data rates approximately
up to 1 Gbits for 4G systems
IMT -Advanced compliant versions of the above two standards are under
development and called ―LTE Advanced and ―WirelessMAN-Advancedrespectively ITU has decided that ―LTE Advanced and
―WirelessMAN-Advanced should be accorded the official designation
of IMT-Advanced On December 6 2010 ITU announced that current
versions of LTE WiMax and other evolved 3G technologies that do not
fulfill IMT-Advanced requirements could be considered 4G
provided they represent forerunners to IMT-Advanced and asubstantial level of improvement in performance and capabilities with
respect to the initial third generation systems now deployed[6]
In all suggestions for 4G the CDMA spread spectrum radio technology used
in 3G systems and IS-95 is abandoned and replaced by OFDMA and otherfrequency-domain equalization schemes[citation needed ] This is combined with MIMO
(Multiple In Multiple Out)
25G and 3G systems rely on double core network infrastructures traditional circuit-switchednetwork nodes (switching points) for telephony and packet-switched GPRS nodes for various
OVERVIEW OF GPRS TECHNOLOGY
111 Services offered
GPRS extends the GSM Packet circuit switched data capabilities and
makes the following services possible
SMS messaging and broadcasting
File manipulation functions
Active process block process Always on internet access
Multimedia messaging service (MMS)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2431
Push to talk over cellular (PoC)
Instant messaging and presencemdashwireless village Internet applications for smart devices through wireless application
protocol (WAP) Point-to-point (P2P) service inter-networking with the Internet (IP)
Point-to-Multipoint (P2M) service point-to-multipoint multicast and
point-to-multipoint group calls
If SMS over GPRS is used an SMS transmission speed of about 30
SMS messages per minute may be achieved This is much faster than
using the ordinary SMS over GSM whose SMS transmission speed isabout 6 to 10 SMS messages per minute
12 Usability
The maximum speed of a GPRS connection offered in
2003 was similar to a modem connection in an analog
wire telephone network about 32-40 kbits
depending on the phone used Latency is very highround-trip time (RTT) is typically about 600-700 ms
and often reaches 1 s GPRS is typically prioritized
lower than speech and thus the quality of connection
varies greatly
Devices with latencyRTT improvements (via for
example the extended UL TBF mode feature) are
generally available Also network upgrades offeatures are available with certain operators With
these enhancements the active round-trip time can
be reduced resulting in significant increase in
application-level throughput spe
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2631
the general system health and rough orbits of all GPS satellites (the
almanac)
The receiver uses the messages it receives to determine the transit
time of each message and computes the distance to each satelliteThese distances along with the satellites locations are used with the
possible aid of trilateration depending on which algorithm is used tocompute the position of the receiver This position is then displayed
perhaps with a moving map display or latitude and longitude elevation
information may be included Many GPS units show derived information
such as direction and speed calculated from position changes
Three satellites might seem enough to solve for position since spacehas three dimensions and a position near the Earths surface can beassumed However even a very small clock error multiplied by the very
large speed of light[31] mdash the speed at which satellite signals propagate mdash
results in a large positional error Therefore receivers use four or
more satellites to solve for the receivers location and time The very
accurately computed time is effectively hidden by most GPSapplications which use only the location A few specialized GPS
applications do however use the time these include time transfer trafficsignal timing and synchronization of cell phone base stations
Although four satellites are required for normal operation fewer applyin special cases If one variable is already known a receiver can
determine its position using only three satellites For example a ship oraircraft may have known elevation Some GPS receivers may use
additional clues or assumptions (such as reusing the last known altitude
dead reckoning inertial navigation or including information from the vehiclecomputer) to give a less accurate (degraded) position when fewer than
four satellites are visible
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2731
14 Applications
While originally a military project GPS is considered a dual-use
technology meaning it has significant military and civilian applicationsGPS has become a widely deployed and useful tool for commercescientific uses tracking and surveillance GPSs accurate time
facilitates everyday activities such as banking mobile phone
operations and even the control of power grids by allowing well
synchronized hand-off switching[38]
141 Civilian
See also GNSS applications and GPS navigation device
This antenna is mounted on the roof of a hut containing a scientific
experiment needing precise timing
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2831
Many civilian applications use one or more of GPSs three basic
components absolute location relative movement and time transfer
Clock synchronization The accuracy of GPS time signals (plusmn10 ns)[51] is
second only to the atomic clocks upon which they are based Cellular telephony Clock synchronization enables time transfer which
is critical for synchronizing its spreading codes with other basestations to facilitate inter-cell handoff and support hybrid
GPScellular position detection for mobile emergency calls and other
applications The first handsets with integrated GPS launched in the late
1990s The US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) mandated thefeature in either the handset or in the towers (for use in
triangulation) in 2002 so emergency services could locate911 callers Third-party software developers later gained access to
GPS APIs from Nextel upon launch followed by Sprint in 2006 andVerizon soon thereafter
Disaster reliefemergency services Depend upon GPS for location and
timing capabilities
Geofencing Vehicle tracking systems person tracking systems and pet
tracking systems use GPS to locate a vehicle person or pet These
devices are attached to the vehicle person or the pet collar Theapplication provides continuous tracking and mobile or Internet
updates should the target leave a designated area[52]
Geotagging Applying location coordinates to digital objects such as
photographs and other documents for purposes such as creating map
overlays GPS Aircraft Tracking GPS tours Location determines what content to display for instance
information about an approaching point of interest
Map-making Both civilian and military cartographers use GPSextensively
Navigation Navigators value digitally precise velocity and orientationmeasurements
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2431
Push to talk over cellular (PoC)
Instant messaging and presencemdashwireless village Internet applications for smart devices through wireless application
protocol (WAP) Point-to-point (P2P) service inter-networking with the Internet (IP)
Point-to-Multipoint (P2M) service point-to-multipoint multicast and
point-to-multipoint group calls
If SMS over GPRS is used an SMS transmission speed of about 30
SMS messages per minute may be achieved This is much faster than
using the ordinary SMS over GSM whose SMS transmission speed isabout 6 to 10 SMS messages per minute
12 Usability
The maximum speed of a GPRS connection offered in
2003 was similar to a modem connection in an analog
wire telephone network about 32-40 kbits
depending on the phone used Latency is very highround-trip time (RTT) is typically about 600-700 ms
and often reaches 1 s GPRS is typically prioritized
lower than speech and thus the quality of connection
varies greatly
Devices with latencyRTT improvements (via for
example the extended UL TBF mode feature) are
generally available Also network upgrades offeatures are available with certain operators With
these enhancements the active round-trip time can
be reduced resulting in significant increase in
application-level throughput spe
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2631
the general system health and rough orbits of all GPS satellites (the
almanac)
The receiver uses the messages it receives to determine the transit
time of each message and computes the distance to each satelliteThese distances along with the satellites locations are used with the
possible aid of trilateration depending on which algorithm is used tocompute the position of the receiver This position is then displayed
perhaps with a moving map display or latitude and longitude elevation
information may be included Many GPS units show derived information
such as direction and speed calculated from position changes
Three satellites might seem enough to solve for position since spacehas three dimensions and a position near the Earths surface can beassumed However even a very small clock error multiplied by the very
large speed of light[31] mdash the speed at which satellite signals propagate mdash
results in a large positional error Therefore receivers use four or
more satellites to solve for the receivers location and time The very
accurately computed time is effectively hidden by most GPSapplications which use only the location A few specialized GPS
applications do however use the time these include time transfer trafficsignal timing and synchronization of cell phone base stations
Although four satellites are required for normal operation fewer applyin special cases If one variable is already known a receiver can
determine its position using only three satellites For example a ship oraircraft may have known elevation Some GPS receivers may use
additional clues or assumptions (such as reusing the last known altitude
dead reckoning inertial navigation or including information from the vehiclecomputer) to give a less accurate (degraded) position when fewer than
four satellites are visible
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2731
14 Applications
While originally a military project GPS is considered a dual-use
technology meaning it has significant military and civilian applicationsGPS has become a widely deployed and useful tool for commercescientific uses tracking and surveillance GPSs accurate time
facilitates everyday activities such as banking mobile phone
operations and even the control of power grids by allowing well
synchronized hand-off switching[38]
141 Civilian
See also GNSS applications and GPS navigation device
This antenna is mounted on the roof of a hut containing a scientific
experiment needing precise timing
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2831
Many civilian applications use one or more of GPSs three basic
components absolute location relative movement and time transfer
Clock synchronization The accuracy of GPS time signals (plusmn10 ns)[51] is
second only to the atomic clocks upon which they are based Cellular telephony Clock synchronization enables time transfer which
is critical for synchronizing its spreading codes with other basestations to facilitate inter-cell handoff and support hybrid
GPScellular position detection for mobile emergency calls and other
applications The first handsets with integrated GPS launched in the late
1990s The US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) mandated thefeature in either the handset or in the towers (for use in
triangulation) in 2002 so emergency services could locate911 callers Third-party software developers later gained access to
GPS APIs from Nextel upon launch followed by Sprint in 2006 andVerizon soon thereafter
Disaster reliefemergency services Depend upon GPS for location and
timing capabilities
Geofencing Vehicle tracking systems person tracking systems and pet
tracking systems use GPS to locate a vehicle person or pet These
devices are attached to the vehicle person or the pet collar Theapplication provides continuous tracking and mobile or Internet
updates should the target leave a designated area[52]
Geotagging Applying location coordinates to digital objects such as
photographs and other documents for purposes such as creating map
overlays GPS Aircraft Tracking GPS tours Location determines what content to display for instance
information about an approaching point of interest
Map-making Both civilian and military cartographers use GPSextensively
Navigation Navigators value digitally precise velocity and orientationmeasurements
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2531
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2631
the general system health and rough orbits of all GPS satellites (the
almanac)
The receiver uses the messages it receives to determine the transit
time of each message and computes the distance to each satelliteThese distances along with the satellites locations are used with the
possible aid of trilateration depending on which algorithm is used tocompute the position of the receiver This position is then displayed
perhaps with a moving map display or latitude and longitude elevation
information may be included Many GPS units show derived information
such as direction and speed calculated from position changes
Three satellites might seem enough to solve for position since spacehas three dimensions and a position near the Earths surface can beassumed However even a very small clock error multiplied by the very
large speed of light[31] mdash the speed at which satellite signals propagate mdash
results in a large positional error Therefore receivers use four or
more satellites to solve for the receivers location and time The very
accurately computed time is effectively hidden by most GPSapplications which use only the location A few specialized GPS
applications do however use the time these include time transfer trafficsignal timing and synchronization of cell phone base stations
Although four satellites are required for normal operation fewer applyin special cases If one variable is already known a receiver can
determine its position using only three satellites For example a ship oraircraft may have known elevation Some GPS receivers may use
additional clues or assumptions (such as reusing the last known altitude
dead reckoning inertial navigation or including information from the vehiclecomputer) to give a less accurate (degraded) position when fewer than
four satellites are visible
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2731
14 Applications
While originally a military project GPS is considered a dual-use
technology meaning it has significant military and civilian applicationsGPS has become a widely deployed and useful tool for commercescientific uses tracking and surveillance GPSs accurate time
facilitates everyday activities such as banking mobile phone
operations and even the control of power grids by allowing well
synchronized hand-off switching[38]
141 Civilian
See also GNSS applications and GPS navigation device
This antenna is mounted on the roof of a hut containing a scientific
experiment needing precise timing
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2831
Many civilian applications use one or more of GPSs three basic
components absolute location relative movement and time transfer
Clock synchronization The accuracy of GPS time signals (plusmn10 ns)[51] is
second only to the atomic clocks upon which they are based Cellular telephony Clock synchronization enables time transfer which
is critical for synchronizing its spreading codes with other basestations to facilitate inter-cell handoff and support hybrid
GPScellular position detection for mobile emergency calls and other
applications The first handsets with integrated GPS launched in the late
1990s The US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) mandated thefeature in either the handset or in the towers (for use in
triangulation) in 2002 so emergency services could locate911 callers Third-party software developers later gained access to
GPS APIs from Nextel upon launch followed by Sprint in 2006 andVerizon soon thereafter
Disaster reliefemergency services Depend upon GPS for location and
timing capabilities
Geofencing Vehicle tracking systems person tracking systems and pet
tracking systems use GPS to locate a vehicle person or pet These
devices are attached to the vehicle person or the pet collar Theapplication provides continuous tracking and mobile or Internet
updates should the target leave a designated area[52]
Geotagging Applying location coordinates to digital objects such as
photographs and other documents for purposes such as creating map
overlays GPS Aircraft Tracking GPS tours Location determines what content to display for instance
information about an approaching point of interest
Map-making Both civilian and military cartographers use GPSextensively
Navigation Navigators value digitally precise velocity and orientationmeasurements
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2631
the general system health and rough orbits of all GPS satellites (the
almanac)
The receiver uses the messages it receives to determine the transit
time of each message and computes the distance to each satelliteThese distances along with the satellites locations are used with the
possible aid of trilateration depending on which algorithm is used tocompute the position of the receiver This position is then displayed
perhaps with a moving map display or latitude and longitude elevation
information may be included Many GPS units show derived information
such as direction and speed calculated from position changes
Three satellites might seem enough to solve for position since spacehas three dimensions and a position near the Earths surface can beassumed However even a very small clock error multiplied by the very
large speed of light[31] mdash the speed at which satellite signals propagate mdash
results in a large positional error Therefore receivers use four or
more satellites to solve for the receivers location and time The very
accurately computed time is effectively hidden by most GPSapplications which use only the location A few specialized GPS
applications do however use the time these include time transfer trafficsignal timing and synchronization of cell phone base stations
Although four satellites are required for normal operation fewer applyin special cases If one variable is already known a receiver can
determine its position using only three satellites For example a ship oraircraft may have known elevation Some GPS receivers may use
additional clues or assumptions (such as reusing the last known altitude
dead reckoning inertial navigation or including information from the vehiclecomputer) to give a less accurate (degraded) position when fewer than
four satellites are visible
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2731
14 Applications
While originally a military project GPS is considered a dual-use
technology meaning it has significant military and civilian applicationsGPS has become a widely deployed and useful tool for commercescientific uses tracking and surveillance GPSs accurate time
facilitates everyday activities such as banking mobile phone
operations and even the control of power grids by allowing well
synchronized hand-off switching[38]
141 Civilian
See also GNSS applications and GPS navigation device
This antenna is mounted on the roof of a hut containing a scientific
experiment needing precise timing
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2831
Many civilian applications use one or more of GPSs three basic
components absolute location relative movement and time transfer
Clock synchronization The accuracy of GPS time signals (plusmn10 ns)[51] is
second only to the atomic clocks upon which they are based Cellular telephony Clock synchronization enables time transfer which
is critical for synchronizing its spreading codes with other basestations to facilitate inter-cell handoff and support hybrid
GPScellular position detection for mobile emergency calls and other
applications The first handsets with integrated GPS launched in the late
1990s The US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) mandated thefeature in either the handset or in the towers (for use in
triangulation) in 2002 so emergency services could locate911 callers Third-party software developers later gained access to
GPS APIs from Nextel upon launch followed by Sprint in 2006 andVerizon soon thereafter
Disaster reliefemergency services Depend upon GPS for location and
timing capabilities
Geofencing Vehicle tracking systems person tracking systems and pet
tracking systems use GPS to locate a vehicle person or pet These
devices are attached to the vehicle person or the pet collar Theapplication provides continuous tracking and mobile or Internet
updates should the target leave a designated area[52]
Geotagging Applying location coordinates to digital objects such as
photographs and other documents for purposes such as creating map
overlays GPS Aircraft Tracking GPS tours Location determines what content to display for instance
information about an approaching point of interest
Map-making Both civilian and military cartographers use GPSextensively
Navigation Navigators value digitally precise velocity and orientationmeasurements
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2731
14 Applications
While originally a military project GPS is considered a dual-use
technology meaning it has significant military and civilian applicationsGPS has become a widely deployed and useful tool for commercescientific uses tracking and surveillance GPSs accurate time
facilitates everyday activities such as banking mobile phone
operations and even the control of power grids by allowing well
synchronized hand-off switching[38]
141 Civilian
See also GNSS applications and GPS navigation device
This antenna is mounted on the roof of a hut containing a scientific
experiment needing precise timing
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2831
Many civilian applications use one or more of GPSs three basic
components absolute location relative movement and time transfer
Clock synchronization The accuracy of GPS time signals (plusmn10 ns)[51] is
second only to the atomic clocks upon which they are based Cellular telephony Clock synchronization enables time transfer which
is critical for synchronizing its spreading codes with other basestations to facilitate inter-cell handoff and support hybrid
GPScellular position detection for mobile emergency calls and other
applications The first handsets with integrated GPS launched in the late
1990s The US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) mandated thefeature in either the handset or in the towers (for use in
triangulation) in 2002 so emergency services could locate911 callers Third-party software developers later gained access to
GPS APIs from Nextel upon launch followed by Sprint in 2006 andVerizon soon thereafter
Disaster reliefemergency services Depend upon GPS for location and
timing capabilities
Geofencing Vehicle tracking systems person tracking systems and pet
tracking systems use GPS to locate a vehicle person or pet These
devices are attached to the vehicle person or the pet collar Theapplication provides continuous tracking and mobile or Internet
updates should the target leave a designated area[52]
Geotagging Applying location coordinates to digital objects such as
photographs and other documents for purposes such as creating map
overlays GPS Aircraft Tracking GPS tours Location determines what content to display for instance
information about an approaching point of interest
Map-making Both civilian and military cartographers use GPSextensively
Navigation Navigators value digitally precise velocity and orientationmeasurements
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2831
Many civilian applications use one or more of GPSs three basic
components absolute location relative movement and time transfer
Clock synchronization The accuracy of GPS time signals (plusmn10 ns)[51] is
second only to the atomic clocks upon which they are based Cellular telephony Clock synchronization enables time transfer which
is critical for synchronizing its spreading codes with other basestations to facilitate inter-cell handoff and support hybrid
GPScellular position detection for mobile emergency calls and other
applications The first handsets with integrated GPS launched in the late
1990s The US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) mandated thefeature in either the handset or in the towers (for use in
triangulation) in 2002 so emergency services could locate911 callers Third-party software developers later gained access to
GPS APIs from Nextel upon launch followed by Sprint in 2006 andVerizon soon thereafter
Disaster reliefemergency services Depend upon GPS for location and
timing capabilities
Geofencing Vehicle tracking systems person tracking systems and pet
tracking systems use GPS to locate a vehicle person or pet These
devices are attached to the vehicle person or the pet collar Theapplication provides continuous tracking and mobile or Internet
updates should the target leave a designated area[52]
Geotagging Applying location coordinates to digital objects such as
photographs and other documents for purposes such as creating map
overlays GPS Aircraft Tracking GPS tours Location determines what content to display for instance
information about an approaching point of interest
Map-making Both civilian and military cartographers use GPSextensively
Navigation Navigators value digitally precise velocity and orientationmeasurements
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 2931
Phasor measurement units GPS enables highly accurate timestamping of
power system measurements making it possible to compute phasors Recreation For example geocaching geodashing GPS drawing and
waymarking Surveying Surveyors use absolute locations to make maps and
determine property boundaries
Tectonics GPS enables direct fault motion measurement inearthquakes
Telematics GPS technology integrated with computers and mobilecommunications technology in automotive navigation systems
Fleet Tracking The use of GPS technology to identify locate and
maintain contact reports with one or more fleet
vehicles in real-time
1411 Restrictions on civilian use
The US Government controls the export of some civilian receivers All
GPS receivers capable of functioning above 18 kilometres (11 mi)
altitude and 515 metres per second (1001 kn)[53] are classified as
munitions (weapons) for which US State Department export licenses arerequired These limits attempt to prevent use of a receiver in a ballistic
missile They would not prevent use in a cruise missile because their
altitudes and speeds are similar to those of ordinary aircraft
This rule applies even to otherwise purely civilian units that only
receive the L1 frequency and the CA (ClearAcquisition) code andcannot correct for Selective Availability (SA) etc
Disabling operation above these limits exempts the receiver fromclassification as a munition Vendor interpretations differ The rule
targets operation given the combination of altitude and speed whilesome receivers stop operating even when stationary This has caused
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3031
problems with some amateur radio balloon launches that regularly
reach 30 kilometres (19 mi)
142 Military
Attaching a GPS guidance kit to a dumb bomb March 2003
As of 2009 military applications of GPS include
Navigation GPS allows soldiers to find objectives even in the dark
or in unfamiliar territory and to coordinate troop and supplymovement In the United States armed forces commanders use theCommanders Digital Assistant and lower ranks use the Soldier
Digital Assistant [54][55][56][57] Target tracking Various military weapons systems use GPS to track
potential ground and air targets before flagging them as
hostile[citation needed ] These weapon systems pass target coordinates toprecision-guided munitions to allow them to engage targets accurately
Military aircraft particularly in air-to-ground roles use GPS to findtargets (for example gun camera video from AH-1 Cobras in Iraq show
GPS co-ordinates that can be viewed with specialized software)
Missile and projectile guidance GPS allows accurate targeting of
various military weapons including ICBMs cruise missiles and precision-
guided munitions Artillery projectiles Embedded GPS receivers able towithstand accelerations of 12000 g or about 118 kms2 have been
developed for use in 155 millimetres (61 in) howitzers[58]
Search and Rescue Downed pilots can be located faster if theirposition is known
Reconnaissance Patrol movement can be managed more closely
GPS satellites carry a set of nuclear detonation detectors
consisting of an optical sensor (Y-sensor) an X-ray sensor adosimeter and an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) sensor (W-sensor)
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military
7302019 The GSM System
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullthe-gsm-system 3131
that form a major portion of the United States Nuclear Detonation
Detection System[59][60]
15 Communication
The navigational signals transmitted by GPS satellites encode a variety
of information including satellite positions the state of the internalclocks and the health of the network These signals are transmitted on
two separate carrier frequencies that are common to all satellites in
the network Two different encodings are used a public encoding that
enables lower resolution navigation and an encrypted encoding used bythe US military